Edmt281930 PDF

SiBE28 - 804
SkyAir
RZQ71C7V1B, RZQ100~140C7V1B,
RZQS71·100C7V1B, RZQS125·140C7V1B
R-410A
Heat Pump 50Hz
SiBE28-804
SkyAir Heat Pump R-410A

GQI III C Series 50Hz
1. Introduction ............................................................................................ vi
1.1 Safety Cautions ....................................................................................... vi
1.2 PREFACE ................................................................................................x
SkyAir Inverter GQI III Series ........................................................ 1
Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 3

1. Combination ............................................................................................4
1.1 Combination Overview .............................................................................4
1.2 Combination Matrix ..................................................................................5
2. External Appearance...............................................................................6
3. Model Name and Power Supply..............................................................7
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 9

1. Specifications ........................................................................................10
1.1 RZQ71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7 (Single phase) ...........................10
1.2 RZQS71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7 (Single phase).........................14
Part 3 Remote Controller ............................................................ 19

1. Wired Remote Controller.......................................................................20
1.1 Features .................................................................................................20
1.2 Installation ..............................................................................................22
2. Wireless Remote Controller ..................................................................24
2.1 Features .................................................................................................24
3. Method of Operating Remote Controller ...............................................26
3.1 The INSPECTION / TEST Button...........................................................26
3.2 Maintenance Mode Setting.....................................................................27
3.3 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection /
Test Operation Button ............................................................................29
3.4 Remote Controller Service Mode ...........................................................30
Part 4 Functional Description..................................................... 31

1. General Functionality ............................................................................33
1.1 Functions of Thermistors........................................................................33
1.2 Forced Operating Mode (Emergency Operation) ...................................35
1.3 Outdoor Unit Identification Function .......................................................37
1.4 Simulated Operation Function................................................................38
1.5 Restart Standby......................................................................................39
1.6 Automatic Restart...................................................................................40
1.7 Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermostat..............................41
1.8 Forced Thermostat OFF.........................................................................43
1.9 Test Run Control ....................................................................................44
Table of Contents i
SiBE28-804
1.10 4-way Valve Control ...............................................................................45

1.11 Pump Down Operation ...........................................................................46
1.12 Defrost Operation ...................................................................................47
1.13 Freeze Prevention Function ...................................................................49
1.14 PMV Control ...........................................................................................50
1.15 Preheating Operation Control.................................................................51
1.16 Crankcase Heater Control......................................................................52
2. Indoor Unit Functional Concept.............................................................53
2.1 Thermostat Control.................................................................................53
2.2 Drain Pump Control................................................................................54
2.3 Condensation Avoidance Control...........................................................55
2.4 Draft Avoidance Control 1 ......................................................................56
2.6 Fan and Flap Operation .........................................................................58
2.7 Indoor Unit Fan Control ..........................................................................59
3. Outdoor Unit Functional Concept..........................................................61
3.1 Function Outline in Cooling Mode ..........................................................61
3.2 Function Outline in Heating Mode ..........................................................62
4. Frequency Regulating Functions ..........................................................63
4.1 Starting Frequency Control ....................................................................63
4.2 Starting Control ......................................................................................64
4.3 General Frequency Control ....................................................................65
4.4 Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................67
4.5 High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................69
4.6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control.....................................................70
4.7 Suction Pipe Superheat Protection Control (Heating Mode) ..................71
4.8 Inverter Current Protection Control ........................................................72
4.9 Protection Control by Overall Current ....................................................73
4.10 Inverter Cooling Fin Temperature Control..............................................74
4.11 Pressure Difference Control ...................................................................75
4.12 Oil Recovery Operation ..........................................................................77
5. Expansion Valve Regulating Functions.................................................78
5.1 Expansion Valve Control at Startup .......................................................78
5.2 General Expansion Valve Control ..........................................................79
5.3 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control....................................80
6. Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control...........................................................81
6.1 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control............................................................81
Part 5 Test Operation ................................................................. 83

1. Test Operation ......................................................................................84
1.1 Test Run Checks....................................................................................84
1.2 Setting the Wireless Remote Controller .................................................85
2. Field Settings ........................................................................................89
2.1 How to Change the Field Settings with
the Wired Remote Controller..................................................................89
the Wireless Remote Controller .............................................................91
2.3 Overview of the Field Settings on the Indoor Units ................................92
2.4 Overview of the Factory Settings on the Indoor Units ............................93
2.5 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using Two Remote Controllers ......................94
2.6 Setting the Centralized Group No. .........................................................95
ii Table of Contents
SiBE28-804
2.7 The Field Setting Levels.........................................................................96

2.8 Overview of the Field Settings on the Outdoor Units .............................99
2.9 Overview of the Factory Settings on the Outdoor Units .........................99
2.10 Existence of DIP Switch and BS Button ...............................................100
2.11 Quiet (Low Noise) Operation................................................................106
2.12 I-Demand Function...............................................................................108
2.13 Setting for Low Humidity Application....................................................110
2.14 Defrost Start Setting .............................................................................115
3. Test Run and Operation Data .............................................................116
3.1 General Operation Data .......................................................................116
3.2 Operation Range ..................................................................................119
Part 6 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 121

1. How to Handle Request for Maintenance ...........................................123
1.1 General Troubleshooting Flowchart .....................................................123
2. Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition................................124
2.1 Overview of General Problems ............................................................124
2.2 Equipment does not Operate ...............................................................125
2.3 Indoor Fan Operates, but Compressor does not..................................127
2.4 Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops Immediately ....................129
2.5 After Unit Shuts Down, It cannot be Restarted for a While ..................131
2.6 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Cooling .............................133
2.7 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Heating .............................135
2.8 Equipment Discharges White Mist .......................................................137
2.9 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes........................................138
2.10 Equipment Discharges Dust.................................................................140
2.11 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88" ..................................................141
2.12 Swing Flap does not Operate...............................................................142
3. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller ............................144
3.1 The Inspection/Test Button ..................................................................144
3.2 Fault-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller........................................145
3.3 Fault-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller ...................................146
3.4 Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and Contents ................150
4. Troubleshooting by LED Indications ...................................................152
4.1 Troubleshooting by LED on the Indoor Units .......................................152
4.2 Troubleshooting by LED on Outdoor Unit PC Board............................153
5. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display............154
5.1 Indoor Malfunctions ..............................................................................154
5.2 Outdoor Malfunctions ...........................................................................155
5.3 System Malfunctions ............................................................................156
5.4 Overview of the Outdoor Safety Devices .............................................157
5.5 Overview of the Indoor Safety Devices ................................................158
5.6 “A1” Malfunctioning Indoor PC Board ....................................................159
5.7 “A3” Malfunction of Drain Water Level System .....................................160
5.8 “A6” Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ...........................................................162
5.9 “A7” Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock.............................................164
5.10 “A8” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage...................................................166
5.11 “AF” Malfunctioning Drain System .........................................................167
5.12 “AJ” Malfunctioning Capacity Setting ....................................................169
5.13 “C1” Failure of transmission (between indoor unit PC board and
fan PC board) .......................................................................................171
Table of Contents iii

SiBE28-804
5.14 “C4”, “C9” Thermistor Abnormality ..........................................................173

5.15 “C6” Failure of combination
(between indoor unit PC board and fan PC board) ..............................175
5.16 “CJ” Malfunctioning Remote Controller Air Thermistor..........................176
5.17 “CC” Humidity Sensor System Malfunction ............................................177
5.18 “E1” Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board...................................................178
5.19 “E3” Abnormal High Pressure (Detected by the HPS)...........................179
5.20 “E4” Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor: Single phase C Series...........181
5.21 “E5” Compressor Motor Lock ................................................................183
5.22 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor..........................................185
5.23 “E9” Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve....................................188
5.24 “F3” Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe Temperature .............................191
5.25 “H3” Malfunctioning HPS System ..........................................................193
5.26 “H9”, “J3”, “J5”, “J6”, “J7”, “J8” Malfunction of Thermistor System ..........194
5.27 “J1” Malfunction of Pressure Sensor .....................................................195
5.28 “L1” Faulty Outdoor PC Board ...............................................................197
5.29 “L4” Radiation Fin Temperature Increased ...........................................199
5.30 “L5” DC Output Overcurrent (Instantaneous) ........................................201
5.31 “L8” Electronic Thermal (Time Lag) ......................................................203
5.32 “L9” Stall Prevention (Time Lag) ...........................................................205
5.33 “LC” Malfunction of Transmission System
(between Control and Inverter PC Board) ............................................207
5.34 “P1” Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance .........................209
5.35 “P4” Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature Thermistor....................210
5.36 “PJ” Failure of Capacity Setting ............................................................211
5.37 “U0” Gas Shortage (Malfunction) ..........................................................212
5.38 “U2” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage...................................................214
5.39 “U4”, “UF” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................216
5.40 “UF” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Unit /
Piping and Wiring Mismatch / Gas Shortage........................................219
5.41 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Unit and
Remote Controller ................................................................................220
5.42 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between MAIN Remote Controller and
SUB Remote Controller........................................................................221
5.43 “UA” Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch...............................................222
5.44 “UC” Centralized Address Setting Error .................................................224
Part 7 Appendix......................................................................... 241

1. Dimensions .........................................................................................242
1.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B...........................................................242
1.2 RZQ100~140C, RZQS125·140C7V1B.................................................243
2. Installation and Service Space
(RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125~140C7).................................................244
2.1 Non Stacked.........................................................................................244
2.2 Stacked ................................................................................................245
2.3 Multiple Rows .......................................................................................245
3. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................246
3.1 Piping Symbol ......................................................................................246
3.2 Pair System ..........................................................................................247
3.3 Twin System.........................................................................................249
iv Table of Contents
SiBE28-804
3.4 Triple System .......................................................................................251

3.5 Double Twin System ............................................................................252
3.6 Pipe Connection Diameters..................................................................253
3.7 Re-using Existing Field Piping..............................................................254
4. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................260
4.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................260
5. Switch Box Layout...............................................................................262
5.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B...........................................................262
5.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B...............................................263
6. PCB Layout .........................................................................................264
6.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B...........................................................264
6.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B...............................................265
Part 8 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 267

1. RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B..........................................................268
1.1 Removal of Outside Panels and Related Parts ....................................268
1.2 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor ............................................269
1.3 Removal of Switch Box ........................................................................270
1.4 Removal of PC Board Assy (1) ............................................................271
1.7 Removal of Low Pressure Sensor, Electronic Expansion Valve,
and Others............................................................................................274
1.8 Removal of Thermistor .........................................................................275
1.9 Removal of Four Way Valve.................................................................276
1.10 Removal of Compressor.......................................................................277
2. RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B..............................................278
2.1 Removal of Outside Panels..................................................................278
2.4 Removal of PC Board...........................................................................281
2.5 Removal of Pressure Sensor, Electronic Expansion Valve,
and Others............................................................................................282
Part 9 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 287

1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................288
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................288
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................290
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................291
Index ............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v
Table of Contents v
Introduction SiBE28-804
1. Introduction
1.1 Safety Cautions
Cautions and Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warnings The caution items are classified into “ Warning” and “ Caution”. The “ Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “ Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
vi
SiBE28-804 Introduction
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard For integral units
installation frame. only
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a For integral units
window frame. only
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
vii
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly. For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
viii
SiBE28-804 Introduction
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons

Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List

Icon Type of Description
Information
Note A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Caution A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
Caution an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
ix
1.2 PREFACE
Thank you for your continued patronage of Daikin products.
This is the new service manual for Daikin's Year 2008 RZQ(S)-C series Heat Pump System.
Daikin offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs.
We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs.
This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of RZQ(S)-C series R-410A
Heat Pump System.
May, 2008
After Sales Service Division
x
SiBE28-804
SkyAir Inverter
GQI III Series
Model Series
Class 35 50 60 71 100 125 140
FCQH — — — 71C7 100C7 125C7 140C7
FCQ 35C7 50C7 60C7 71C7 100C7 125C7 140C7
FFQ 35B 50B 60B — — — —
FBQ 35B 50B 60B 71B 100B 125B —
Indoor
FHQ 35BU 50BU 60BU 71BU 100BU 125BU —
Unit
FUQ — — — 71BU 100BU 125BU —
FAQ — — — 71BU 100BU — —
FDQ — — — — — 125B7 —
FVQ — — — 71B 100B 125B —
RZQ-C — — — 71C7 100C7 125C7 140C7

Outdoor
Unit
RZQS-C — — — 71C7 100C7 125C7 140C7
1
SiBE28-804
2
SiBE28-804
Part 1
General Information
1. Combination ............................................................................................4
1.1 Combination Overview .............................................................................4
1.2 Combination Matrix ..................................................................................5
2. External Appearance...............................................................................6
3. Model Name and Power Supply..............................................................7
General Information 3
Combination SiBE28-804
1. Combination
1.1 Combination Overview
The table below contains the possible combinations between indoor units and outdoor units of
the Sky Air RZQ(S)-series.
FCQH100C7V3B
FCQH125C7V3B
FCQH140C7V3B
FCQH71C7V3B
FCQ100C7V3B
FCQ125C7V3B
FCQ140C7V3B
FBQ100B7V3B
FBQ125B7V3B
FCQ35C7V3B
FCQ50C7V3B
FCQ60C7V3B
FCQ71C7V3B
FBQ71B7V3B
FFQ35BV1B
FFQ50BV1B
FFQ60BV1B
FBQ35B7V1
FBQ50B7V1
FBQ60B7V1
MODEL
NAME
RZQ71C7V1B 2 P P 2 2 P
RZQ100C7V1B 3 2 P P 3 2 3 2 P
RZQ125C7V1B 4 3 2 P P 4 3 2 4 3 2 P
RZQ140C7V1B 4 3 2 P 2 P 4 3 4 3 2
RZQS71C7V1B 2 P P 2 2 P
RZQS100C7V1B 3 2 P P 3 2 3 2 P
RZQS125C7V1B 4 3 2 P P 4 3 2 4 3 2 P
RZQS140C7V1B 4 3 2 P 2 P 4 3 4 3 2
FHQ100BUV1B
FHQ125BUV1B
FUQ100BUV1B
FUQ125BUV1B
FAQ100BUV1B
FDQ125B7V3B
FHQ35BUV1B
FHQ50BUV1B
FHQ60BUV1B
FHQ71BUV1B
FUQ71BUV1B
FAQ71BUV1B
FVQ100BV1B
FVQ125BV1B
FVQ71BV1B
MODEL
NAME
RZQ71C7V1B 2 P P P
RZQ100C7V1B 3 2 P P P
RZQ125C7V1B P 4 3 2 P P
RZQ140C7V1B 4 3 2 2 2
RZQS71C7V1B 2 P P P
RZQS100C7V1B 3 2 P P P
RZQS125C7V1B P 4 3 2 P P
RZQS140C7V1B 4 3 2 2
Notes: Explanation of connection (P~4)

P : Pair
2 : Twin
3 : Triple
4 : Double twin
4 General Information
SiBE28-804 Combination
1.2 Combination Matrix

Possible indoor combination
Simultaneous operation
Outdoor models Twin Triple Double Twin
RZQ71C7V1B 35-35 — —
RZQS71C7V1B (KHRQ22M20TA7)
RZQ100C7V1B 50-50 35-35-35 —
RZQS100C7V1B (KHRQ22M20TA7) (KHRQ127H7)
RZQ125C7V1B 60-60 50-50-50 35-35-35-35
RZQS125C7V1B (KHRQ22M20TA7) (KHRQ127H7) (3×KHRQ22M20TA7)
RZQ140C7V1B 71-71 50-50-50 35-35-35-35
RZQS140C7V1B (KHRQ22M20TA7) (KHRQ127H7) (3×KHRQ22M20TA7)
Notes: 1. Possible indoor types:
FCQH71
FCQ35-71
FFQ35-60
FHQ35-71
FBQ35-71
FUQ71
FAQ71
FVQ71
2. Individual indoor capacities are not given because the combinations are for simultaneous
operation (=indoor units installed in same room).
3. When different indoor models are used in combination, designate the remote controller that
is equipped with the most functions as the main unit. In note 1 are the indoor units
mentioned in order of the possible function (most functions are on FCQ , less functions are
on FAQ).
4. Between brackets are the required Refnet kits mentioned, that are necessary to install the
combination.
External Appearance SiBE28-804
2. External Appearance
Indoor Units
FCQ(H) FFQ FBQ
FDQ FHQ FUQ
FAQ
FVQ
Remote Controller
Wireless Type Wired Type
BRC1D52 Type
BRC7 Type
Outdoor Units
RZQ71C7V1B
RZQS71·100C7V1B
RZQ100·125·140C7V1B
RZQS125·140C7V1B
SiBE28-804 Model Name and Power Supply
3. Model Name and Power Supply

Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit Power Supply
FCQ35C7V3B
FCQ71C7V3B
FCQH71C7V3B
FFQ35BV1B
FBQ35B7V1
FBQ71B7V3B RZQ71C7V1B 1 phase 220~240V 50Hz
RZQS71C7V1B 1 phase 220~240V 50Hz
FHQ35BUV1B
FHQ71BUV1B
FUQ71BUV1B
FAQ71BUV1B
FVQ71BV1B
FCQ35C7V3B
FCQ50C7V3B
FCQ100C7V3B
FCQH100C7V3B
FFQ35BV1B
FFQ50BV1B
FBQ35B7V1
FBQ50B7V1 RZQ100C7V1B 1 phase 220~240V 50Hz
FBQ100B7V3B
FHQ35BUV1B
FHQ50BUV1B
FHQ100BUV1B
FUQ100BUV1B (only RZQ100C7V1B)
FAQ100BUV1B
FVQ100BV1B
FCQ35C7V3B
FCQ50C7V3B
FCQ60C7V3B
FCQ125C7V3B
FCQH125C7V3B
FFQ35BV1B
FFQ50BV1B
FFQ60BV1B
FBQ35B7V1
FBQ50B7V1 RZQ125C7V1B 1 phase 220~240V 50Hz
FBQ60B7V1
FBQ125B7V3B
FDQ125B7V3B
FHQ35BUV1B
FHQ50BUV1B
FHQ60BUV1B
FHQ125BUV1B
FUQ125BUV1B
FVQ125BV1B
FCQ35C7V3B
FCQ50C7V3B
FCQ71C7V3B
FCQ140C7V3B
FCQH71C7V3B
FCQH140C7V3B
FFQ35BV1B
FFQ50BV1B RZQ140C7V1B 1 phase 220~240V 50Hz
FBQ35B7V1 RZQS140C7V1B 1 phase 220~240V 50Hz
FBQ50B7V1
FBQ71B7V3B
FHQ35BUV1B
FHQ50BUV1B
FHQ71BUV3B
FUQ71BUV1B
FAQ71BUV1B
Model Name and Power Supply SiBE28-804
SiBE28-804
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ........................................................................................10
1.1 RZQ71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7 (Single phase) ...........................10
1.2 RZQS71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7 (Single phase).........................14
Specifications 9
Specifications SiBE28-804
1. Specifications
1.1 RZQ71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7 (Single phase)
1.1.1 Technical Specifications
The table below contains the technical specifications.
Specification RZQ71C7V1B RZQ100C7V1B RZQ125C7V1B RZQ140C7V1B
Colour Ivory white
Casing
Material Painted galvanized steel plate
Packing Height 900 mm 1349 mm
Packing Width 980 mm
Packing Depth 420 mm
Dimensions
Unit Height 770 mm 1170 mm
Unit Width 900 mm
Unit Depth 320 mm
Machine weight 67 kg 103 kg
Weight
Gross weight 71 kg 114 kg
Length 857 mm
Nr. of rows 2
Fin pitch 1.40 mm
Nr. of passes 8 6
Face area 0.641 m² 0.980 m²
Heat exchanger
Nr. of stages 34 52
Empty tubeplate hole 0
Tube type Hi-XSS(8)
Fin type WF fin
Fin treatment Anti-corrosion treatment (PE)
Type Propeller
Discharge direction Horizontal
Quantity 1 2
Air flow rate (nominal at 230 V) cooling 52 m³/min 96 m³/min 100 m³/min 97 m³/min
Air flow rate (nominal at 230 V) heating 52 m³/min 75 m³/min 88 m³/min
Fan motor quantity 1 2
Fan Fan motor model KFD-325-70-8A Brushless DC Motor
Motor speed (nominal at 230 V) Nr. of 8
steps
Motor speed (nominal at 230 V) cooling 800 rpm 800 rpm 850rpm 830 rpm
Motor speed (nominal at 230 V) heating 745 rpm 640 rpm 740 rpm
Motor output 70 W
Motor Drive direct drive
Quantity 1
Motor model 2YC63DXD JT100G-VD
Motor type Hermetically sealed swing Hermetically sealed scroll compressor
Compressor compressor
Motor output 1700 W 2200 W
Motor starting method Inverter driven
Motor crankcase heater 33 W
Cooling min. -15.0°C DB
Cooling max. 50.0°C DB
Operation range
Heating min. -20.0°C WB
Heating max. 15.5°C WB
Cooling sound power 63.0 dBA 65.0 dBA 66.0 dBA 67.0 dBA
Sound level Cooling sound pressure 47.0 dBA 49.0 dBA 50.0 dBA
(nominal)
Heating sound pressure 49.0 dBA 51.0 dBA 52.0 dBA
(night quiet)
Type R-410A
Charge 2.75 kg 3.70 kg
Refrigerant
Control Expansion valve (electronic type)
Nr. of circuits 1
Type Daphne FVC50K Daphne FVC68D
Refrigerant oil
Charged volume 0.75 1.0 l
10 Specifications
SiBE28-804 Specifications

Liquid quantity 1
Liquid type Flare connection
Liquid diameter (OD) 9.52 mm
Gas quantity 1
Gas type Flare connection
Gas diameter (OD) 15.9 mm
Drain quantity 3
Drain type Hole
Piping Drain diameter (OD) 26.0 mm
connections
Piping length min. 5m
Piping length max. 50 m 75 m
Piping length equivalent 70 m 95 m
Piping length chargeless 30 m
Additional refrigerant charge See installation manual See installation manual 4PW34874-1
4PW40417-1
Installation height difference max. 30.0 m
Max. intern unit level difference 0.50 m
Heat insulation Both liquid and gas pipes
Defrost method Pressure equalising
Defrost control Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature
Capacity control method Inverter controlled
High pressure switch
Safety devices Fan motor thermal protector
Fuse
Standard Item Tie-wraps
accessories Quantity 2
Standard Item Installation manual
Notes:
1. Nominal cooling capacities are based on:
Indoor temperature: 27.0°C DB/19.0°C WB
Outdoor temperature: 35.0°C DB
Equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5 m
Level difference: 0 m
2. Nominal heating capacities are based on:
Indoor temperature: 20°C DB
Outdoor temperature: 7.0°C DB/6.0° C WB
Specifications 11
1.1.2 Electrical Specifications

The table below contains the electrical specifications.
Name V1B
Phase 1~
Power supply
Frequency 50 Hz
Voltage 230 V
Zmax. List Complies to EN61000-3-11
Current
Recommended fuses 20 A 32 A
Mininum 198 V 207 V
Voltage range
Maximum 264 V 253 V
For power supply - remark See installation manual See installation manual 4PW34874-1
4PW40417-1
Wire connections
For connection with indoor - remark See installation manual See installation manual 4PW34874-1
4PW40417-1
Power supply intake Outdoor unit only
Notes See separate drawing for See separate drawing for electrical data. *1
electrical data.
Notes:
*1 Separate power supply is needed for FDQ indoor unit.
1.1.3 Electrical Data

Unit combination Power supply Compressor OFM IFM
Indoor unit Outdoor unit Hz-Volts Voltage range MCA TOCA MFA MSC RLA kW FLA kW FLA
FCQH71C7V3B RZQ71C7V1B 17.0 17.0 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.120 0.5
FCQ71C7V3B RZQ71C7V1B 17.0 17.0 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.056 0.5
FCQ35C7V3B×2 RZQ71C7V1B 17.1 17.1 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.056×2 0.3×2
FFQ35BV1B×2 RZQ71C7V1B 17.7 17.7 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.055×2 0.6×2
FBQ71B7V3B RZQ71C7V1B 50-220 Max. 50Hz 264V 17.4 17.4 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.125 0.9
50-230 Min. 50Hz 198V
FBQ35B7V1×2 RZQ71C7V1B 50-240 17.5 17.5 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.065×2 0.5×2
FHQ71BUV1B RZQ71C7V1B 17.1 17.1 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.062 0.6
FHQ35BUV1B×2 RZQ71C7V1B 17.7 17.7 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FAQ71BUV1B RZQ71C7V1B 16.8 16.8 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.043 0.3
FUQ71BUV1B RZQ71C7V1B 17.2 17.2 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.045 0.7
FCQH100C7V3B RZQ100C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.4
FCQ100C7V3B RZQ100C7V1B 24.7 24.7 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 0.7
FCQ50C7V3B×2 RZQ100C7V1B 24.6 24.6 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×2 0.3×2
FCQ35C7V3B×3 RZQ100C7V1B 24.9 24.9 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×3 0.3×3
FFQ50BV1B×2 RZQ100C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×2 0.7×2
FFQ35BV1B×3 RZQ100C7V1B 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×3 0.6×3
FBQ100B7V3B RZQ100C7V1B 50-220 Max. 50Hz 264V 25.0 25.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.135 1.0
50-230 Min. 50Hz 198V
FBQ50B7V1×2 RZQ100C7V1B 50-240 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.085×2 0.7×2
FBQ35B7V1×3 RZQ100C7V1B 25.5 25.5 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.065×3 0.5×3
FHQ100BUV1B RZQ100C7V1B 24.7 24.7 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.130 0.7
FHQ50BUV1B×2 RZQ100C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FHQ35BUV1B×3 RZQ100C7V1B 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×3 0.6×3
FAQ100BUV1B RZQ100C7V1B 24.4 24.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.049 0.4
FUQ100BUV1B RZQ100C7V1B 25.1 25.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.090 1.1
FCQH125C7V3B RZQ125C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.4
FCQ125C7V3B RZQ125C7V1B 25.0 25.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.0
FCQ60C7V3B×2 RZQ125C7V1B 24.8 24.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×2 0.4×2
FCQ50C7V3B×3 RZQ125C7V1B 24.9 24.9 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×3 0.3×3
FCQ35C7V3B×4 RZQ125C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×4 0.3×4
FFQ60BV1B×2 RZQ125C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×2 0.7×2
FFQ50BV1B×3 RZQ125C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×3 0.7×3
FFQ35BV1B×4 RZQ125C7V1B 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×4 0.6×4
FBQ125B7V3B RZQ125C7V1B 50-220 Max.50Hz264V 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.225 1.4
50-230 Min.50Hz198V
FBQ60B7V1×2 RZQ125C7V1B 50-240 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.125×2 0.9×2
FBQ50B7V1×3 RZQ125C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.085×3 0.7×3
FBQ35B7V1×4 RZQ125C7V1B 26.0 26.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.065×4 0.5×4
FHQ125BUV1B RZQ125C7V1B 24.7 24.7 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.130 0.7
FHQ60BUV1B×2 RZQ125C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FHQ50BUV1B×3 RZQ125C7V1B 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×3 0.6×3
FHQ35BUV1B×4 RZQ125C7V1B 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×4 0.6×4
FUQ125BUV1B RZQ125C7V1B 25.1 25.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.090 1.1
FDQ125B7V3B RZQ125C7V1B 28.2 28.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.500 4.2
12 Specifications

FCQH140C7V3B RZQ140C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.4
FCQ140C7V3B RZQ140C7V1B 25.0 25.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.0
FCQ71C7V3B×2 RZQ140C7V1B 25.0 25.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×2 0.5×2
FCQ50V7V3B×3 RZQ140C7V1B 24.9 24.9 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×3 0.3×3
FCQ35C7V3B×4 RZQ140C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×4 0.3×4
FFQ50BV1B×3 RZQ140C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×3 0.7×3
FFQ35BV1B×4 RZQ140C7V1B 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×4 0.6×4
50-220 Max.50Hz264V
FBQ71B7V3B×2 RZQ140C7V1B 50-230 Min.50Hz198V 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.125×2 0.9×2
50-240
FBQ50B7V1×3 RZQ140C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.085×3 0.7×3
FBQ35B7V1×4 RZQ140C7V1B 26.0 26.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.065×4 0.5×4
FHQ71BUV1B×2 RZQ140C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FHQ50BUV1B×3 RZQ140C7V1B 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×3 0.6×3
FHQ35BUV1B×4 RZQ140C7V1B 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×4 0.6×4
FAQ71BUV1B×2 RZQ140C7V1B 24.6 24.6 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.043×2 0.3×2
FUQ71BUV1B×2 RZQ140C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.045×2 0.7×2
Symbols:
MCA: Min. Circuit Amps
TOCA: Total Over-current Amps
MFA: Max. Fuse Amps (see note 7)
MSC : Max. current during the starting compressor
RLA : Rated Load Amps
OFM : Outdoor Fan Motor
IFM : Indoor Fan Motor
FLA : Full Load Amps
kW : Fan Motor Rated Output
Notes:
1. RLA is based on the following conditions:
Power supply: 50Hz 230V
Indoor temp. - cooling: 27°C DB/19.0°C WB
Indoor temp. - heating: 20.0°C DB
Outdoor temp. - cooling: 35.0°C DB
Outdoor temp. - heating: 7.0°C DB/6.0°C WB
2. TOCA means the total value of each OC set.
3. Voltage range
Units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage
supplied to unit terminals is not below or above listed range limits.
4. Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2%.
5. MCA represents maximum input current.
MFA represents capacity which may accept MCA. (Next lower standard fuse rating, minimum 15A)
6. Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA or TOCA.
7. MFA is used to select the circuit breaker and the ground fault circuit interruptor. (earth leakage circuit
breaker)
Specifications 13
1.2 RZQS71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7 (Single phase)

1.2.1 Technical Specifications
The table below contains the technical specifications.
Specification RZQS71C7V1B RZQS100C7V1B RZQS125C7V1B RZQS140C7V1B
Colour Ivory white
Casing
Material Painted galvanized steel plate
Packing Height 900 mm 1349 mm
Packing Width 980 mm
Packing Depth 420 mm
Dimensions
Unit Height 770 mm 1170 mm
Unit Width 900 mm
Unit Depth 320 mm
Machine weight 68 kg 103 kg
Weight
Gross weight 72 kg 114 kg
Length 857 mm
Nr. of rows 2
Fin pitch 1.40 mm
Nr. of passes 8 6
Face area 0.641 m² 0.98 m²
Heat exchanger
Nr. of stages 34 52
Empty tubeplate hole 0
Tube type Hi-XSS(8)
Fin type WF fin
Fin treatment Anti-corrosion treatment (PE)
Type Propeller
Discharge direction Horizontal
Quantity 1 2
Air flow rate (nominal at 230 V) cooling 52 m³/min 61.3 m³/min 100 m³/min 97 m³/min
Air flow rate (nominal at 230 V) heating 52 m³/min 63.5 m³/min 88 m³/min 88 m³/min
Fan motor quantity 1 2
Fan Fan motor model KFD-325-70-8A Brushless DC Motor
Motor speed (nominal at 230 V) Nr. of 8
steps
Motor speed (nominal at 230 V) cooling 800 rpm 920 rpm 850 rpm 830 rpm
Motor speed (nominal at 230 V) heating 745 rpm 950 rpm 740 rpm
Motor output 70 W
Motor Drive direct drive
Quantity 1
Motor model 2YC63DXD JT100G-VD
Motor type Hermetically sealed swing compressor Hermetically sealed scroll compressor
Compressor
Motor output 1700 W 2400 W 2200 W
Motor starting method Inverter driven
Motor crankcase heater 33 W
Cooling min. -5.0°C DB
Cooling max. 46.0°C DB
Operation range
Heating min. -15.0°C WB
Heating max. 15.5°C WB
Cooling sound power 65.0 dBA 67.0 dBA 68.0 dBA
(nominal)
Heating sound pressure 51.0 dBA 55.0 dBA 53.0 dBA 54.0 dBA
Sound level Cooling sound pressure 47.0 dBA 49.0 dBA 49.0 dBA 50.0 dBA
(night quiet)
Type R-410A
Charge 2.75 kg 3.70 kg
Refrigerant
Control Expansion valve (electronic type)
Nr. of circuits 1
Type Daphne FVC50K Daphne FVC68D
Refrigerant oil
Charged volume 0.75 1.0 l
14 Specifications

Liquid quantity 1
Liquid type Flare connection
Liquid diameter (OD) 9.52 mm
Gas quantity 1
Gas type Flare connection
Gas diameter (OD) 15.9 mm
Drain quantity 3
Drain type Hole
Piping Drain diameter (OD) 26.0 mm
connections
Piping length min. 5m
Piping length max. 30 m 50 m
Piping length equivalent 40 m 70 m 95 m
Piping length chargeless 30 m
Additional refrigerant charge See installation manual 4PW40416-1 See installation manual 4PW34874-1
Installation height difference max. 15 m 30 m
Max. intern unit level difference 0.50 m
Heat insulation Both liquid and gas pipes
Defrost method Pressure equalising
Defrost control Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature
Capacity control method Inverter controlled
High pressure switch
Safety devices Fan motor thermal protector
Fuse
Standard Item Tie-wraps
Standard Item Installation manual
Notes:
1. Nominal cooling capacities are based on:
Indoor temperature: 27.0°C DB/19.0°C WB
Outdoor temperature: 35.0°C DB
2. Nominal heating capacities are based on:
Indoor temperature: 20°C DB
Outdoor temperature: 7.0°C DB/6.0° C WB
Specifications 15
1.2.2 Electrical Specifications

The table below contains the electrical specifications.
Name V1B
Phase 1~
Power supply
Frequency 50 Hz
Voltage 220-240 V
Zmax. List Complies to EN61000-3-11
Current
Recommended fuses 20 A 32 A
Mininum 198 V 207 V
Voltage range
Maximum 264 V 253 V
For power supply - remark See installation manual 4PW40416-1 See installation manual 4PW34874-1
Wire connections
For connection with indoor - remark See installation manual 4PW40416-1 See installation manual 4PW34874-1
Power supply intake Outdoor unit only
See separate drawing for
electrical data. See separate drawing for
Notes See separate drawing for electrical data. Power supply intake for electrical data.
FDQ is outdoor and
indoor unit.
1.2.3 Electrical Data

FCQH71C7V3B RZQS71C7V1B 17.0 17.0 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.120 0.5
FCQ71C7V3B RZQS71C7V1B 17.0 17.0 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.056 0.5
FCQ35C7V3B×2 RZQS71C7V1B 17.1 17.1 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.056×2 0.3×2
FFQ35BV1B×2 RZQS71C7V1B 17.7 17.7 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.055×2 0.6×2
FBQ71B7V3B RZQS71C7V1B 50-220 Max.50Hz264V 17.4 17.4 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.125 0.9
50-230 Min.50Hz198V
FBQ35B7V1×2 RZQS71C7V1B 50-240 17.5 17.5 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.065×2 0.5×2
FHQ71BUV1B RZQS71C7V1B 17.1 17.1 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.062 0.6
FHQ35BUV1B×2 RZQS71C7V1B 17.7 17.7 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FAQ71BUV1B RZQS71C7V1B 16.8 16.8 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.043 0.3
FVQ71BV1B RZQS71C7V1B 17.3 17.3 20 16.2 16.2 0.07 0.3 0.175 0.8
FCQH100C7V3B RZQS100C7V1B 19.4 19.4 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.120 1.4
FCQ100C7V3B RZQS100C7V1B 18.7 18.7 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.120 0.7
FCQ50C7V3B×2 RZQS100C7V1B 18.6 18.6 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.056×2 0.3×2
FCQ35C7V3B×3 RZQS100C7V1B 18.9 18.9 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.056×2 0.3×3
FFQ50BV1B×2 RZQS100C7V1B 19.4 19.4 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.055×2 0.7×2
FFQ35BV1B×3 RZQS100C7V1B 19.8 19.8 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.055×3 0.6×3
FBQ100B7V3B RZQS100C7V1B 50-220 Max.50Hz264V 19.0 19.0 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.135 1.0
50-230 Min.50Hz198V
FBQ50B7V1×2 RZQS100C7V1B 50-240 19.4 19.4 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.085×2 0.7×2
FBQ35B7V1×3 RZQS100C7V1B 19.5 19.5 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.065×3 0.5×3
FHQ100BUV1B RZQS100C7V1B 18.7 18.7 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.130 0.7
FHQ50BUV1B×2 RZQS100C7V1B 19.2 19.2 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FHQ35BUV1B×3 RZQS100C7V1B 19.8 19.8 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.062×3 0.6×3
FAQ100BUV1B RZQS100C7V1B 18.4 18.4 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.049 0.4
FVQ100BV1B RZQS100C7V1B 19.4 19.4 20 17.7 17.7 0.07 0.3 0.320 1.4
FCQH125C7V3B RZQS125C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.4
FCQ125C7V3B RZQS125C7V1B 25.0 25.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.0
FCQ60C7V3B×2 RZQS125C7V1B 24.8 24.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×2 0.4×2
FCQ50C7V3B×3 RZQS125C7V1B 24.9 24.9 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×3 0.3×3
FCQ35C7V3B×4 RZQS125C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×4 0.3×4
FFQ60BV1B×2 RZQS125C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×2 0.7×2
FFQ50BV1B×3 RZQS125C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×3 0.7×3
FFQ35BV1B×4 RZQS125C7V1B 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×4 0.6×4
FBQ125B7V3B RZQS125C7V1B 50-220 Max.50Hz264V 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.225 1.4
50-230 Min.50Hz198V
FBQ60B7V1×2 RZQS125C7V1B 50-240 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.125×2 0.9×2
FBQ50B7V1×3 RZQS125C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.085×3 0.7×3
FBQ35B7V1×4 RZQS125C7V1B 26.0 26.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.065×4 0.5×4
FHQ125BUV1B RZQS125C7V1B 24.7 24.7 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.130 0.7
FHQ60BUV1B×2 RZQS125C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FHQ50BUV1B×3 RZQS125C7V1B 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×3 0.6×3
FHQ35BUV1B×4 RZQS125C7V1B 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×4 0.6×4
FDQ125B7V3B RZQS125C7V1B 28.2 28.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.500 4.2
FVQ125BV1B RZQS125C7V1B 25.6 25.6 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.365 1.6
16 Specifications

FCQH140C7V3B RZQS140C7V1B 25.4 25.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.4
FCQ140C7V3B RZQS140C7V1B 25.0 25.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.120 1.0
FCQ71C7V3B×2 RZQS140C7V1B 25.0 25.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×2 0.5×2
FCQ50C7V3B×3 RZQS140C7V1B 24.9 24.9 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×3 0.3×3
FCQ35C7V3B×4 RZQS140C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.056×4 0.3×4
FFQ50BV1B×3 RZQS140C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×3 0.7×3
FFQ35BV1B×4 RZQS140C7V1B 50-220 Max.50Hz264V 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.055×4 0.6×4
50-230 Min.50Hz198V
FBQ71B7V3B×2 RZQS140C7V1B 50-240 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.125×2 0.9×2
FBQ50B7V1×3 RZQS140C7V1B 26.1 26.1 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.085×3 0.7×3
FBQ35B7V1×4 RZQS140C7V1B 26.0 26.0 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.065×4 0.5×4
FHQ71BUV1B×2 RZQS140C7V1B 25.2 25.2 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×2 0.6×2
FHQ50BUV1B×3 RZQS140C7V1B 25.8 25.8 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×3 0.6×3
FHQ35BUV1B×4 RZQS140C7V1B 26.4 26.4 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.062×4 0.6×4
FAQ71BUV1B×2 RZQS140C7V1B 24.6 24.6 32 23.4 23.4 0.07+0.07 0.3+0.3 0.043×2 0.3×2
Symbols:
MCA: Min. Circuit Amps
TOCA: Total Over-current Amps
MFA: Max. Fuse Amps (see note 7)
MSC : Max. current during the starting compressor
RLA : Rated Load Amps
OFM : Outdoor Fan Motor
IFM : Indoor Fan Motor
FLA : Full Load Amps
kW : Fan Motor Rated Output
Notes:
1. RLA is based on the following conditions:
Power supply: 50Hz 230V
Indoor temp. - cooling: 27°C DB/19.0°C WB
Indoor temp. - heating: 20.0°C DB
Outdoor temp. - cooling: 35.0°C DB
Outdoor temp. - heating: 7.0°C DB/6.0°C WB
2. TOCA means the total value of each OC set.
3. Voltage range
Units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage
supplied to unit terminals is not below or above listed range limits.
4. Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2%.
5. MCA represents maximum input current.
MFA represents capacity which may accept MCA. (Next lower standard fuse rating, minimum 15A)
6. Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA or TOCA.
7. MFA is used to select the circuit breaker and the ground fault circuit interruptor. (earth leakage circuit
breaker)
Specifications 17
18 Specifications
SiBE28-804
Part 3
Remote Controller
1. Wired Remote Controller.......................................................................20
1.1 Features .................................................................................................20
1.2 Installation ..............................................................................................22
2. Wireless Remote Controller ..................................................................24
2.1 Features .................................................................................................24
3. Method of Operating Remote Controller ...............................................26
3.1 The INSPECTION / TEST Button...........................................................26
3.2 Maintenance Mode Setting.....................................................................27
3.3 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection /
Test Operation Button ............................................................................29
3.4 Remote Controller Service Mode ...........................................................30
Remote Controller 19
Wired Remote Controller SiBE28-804
1. Wired Remote Controller

1.1 Features
BRC1D52 Type
3 6 23 7 8 9 2 1
10
4 11
12
14 22
17
25
16 13 15 18 19 20 21 5 24
29 33
26 35
27 36
37
28 30 31 32 34
1. ON/OFF BUTTON
Press the ON/OFF button to start or stop the system.
2. OPERATION LAMP
The operation lamp lights up during operation or blinks if a malfunction occurs.
3. OPERATION MODE ICON
These icons indicate the current operation mode (FAN, DRY, AUTOMATIC, COOLING,
HEATING).
4. VENTILATION MODE ICON
These icons indicate the current ventilation mode (HRV only) (AUTOMATIC, HEAT
EXCHANGE, BYPASS).
5. VENTILATION ICON
The ventilation icon appears when the ventilation is adjusted with the ventilation amount
button (HRV only). Simultaneously, the ventilation amount is indicated by the fan speed icon.
6. AIR CLEANING ICON
This icon indicates that the air cleaning unit (option) is operational.
7. LEAVE HOME ICON
The leave home icon shows the status of the leave home function.
ON Leave home is enabled
FLASHING Leave home is active
OFF Leave home is disabled
8. EXTERNAL CONTROL ICON
This icon indicates that another controller with higher priority is controlling or disabling your
installation.
9. CHANGE-OVER UNDER CENTRALISED CONTROL ICON
This icon indicates that the change-over of the installation is under centralised control
assigned to another indoor unit or optional cool/heat selector connected to the outdoor unit
(= master remote controller).
10.DAY OF THE WEEK INDICATOR
The day of the week indicator shows the current week day (or the set day when reading or
programming the schedule timer).
11.CLOCK DISPLAY
The clock display indicates the current time (or the action time when reading or
programming the schedule timer).
20 Remote Controller
SiBE28-804 Wired Remote Controller
12.MAXIMUM SET TEMPERATURE

The maximum set temperature indicates the maximum set temperature when in limit
operation.
13.MINIMUM SET TEMPERATURE
The minimum set temperature indicates the minimum set temperature when in limit
operation.
14.SCHEDULE TIMER ICON
This icon indicates that the schedule timer is enabled.
15.ACTION ICONS
These icons indicate the actions for each day of the schedule timer.
16.OFF ICON
This icon indicates that the OFF action is selected when programming the schedule timer.
17.INSPECTION REQUIRED and
These icons indicate that inspection is required. Consult your installer.
18.SET TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
This indicates the current set temperature of the installation (not shown in LIMIT operation or
in FAN or DRY mode).
19.SETTING
Not used, for service purposes only.
20.AIR FLOW DIRECTION ICON
This icon indicates the air flow direction (only for installations with motorised air flow flaps).
21.NOT AVAILABLE
is displayed whenever a non-installed option is addressed or a function is not
available.
22.FAN SPEED ICON
This icon indicates the set fan speed.
23.DEFROST/HOTSTART MODE ICON
This icon indicates that the defrost/hotstart mode is active.
24.AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME ICON
This icon indicates the air filter must be cleaned. Refer to the manual of the indoor unit.
25.ELEMENT CLEANING TIME ICON
This icon indicates the element must be cleaned (HRV only).
26.VENTILATION MODE BUTTON
The ventilation mode button operates the HRV; refer to the manual for more details.
27.VENTILATION AMOUNT BUTTON
This button sets the ventilation amount; refer to the manual for more details.
28.INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON
Not used, for service purposes only.
29.PROGRAMMING BUTTON
This button is a multi-purpose button.
Depending on the previous manipulations of the user, the programming button can have
various functions.
30.SCHEDULE TIMER BUTTON
This button enables or disables the schedule timer.
31.TIME ADJUST BUTTON
These buttons are used to adjust the clock or, when in programming mode, to adjust the
programmed action time. Both buttons have an auto-repeat function.
32.TEMPERATURE ADJUST BUTTONS
These buttons are used to adjust the current setpoint or, when in programming mode, to
adjust the programmed setpoint temperature (step = 1°C). Both buttons are also used to
adjust the day of the week.
33.OPERATION CHANGE/MIN-MAX BUTTON
This button is a multi-purpose button. Depending on the previous manipulations of the user,
it can have following functions:
1 select the operation mode of the installation (FAN, DRY, AUTOMATIC, COOLING,
HEATING)
2 toggle between minimum temperature and maximum temperature when in limit operation
34.SETPOINT/LIMIT BUTTON
This button toggles between setpoint, limit operation or OFF (programming mode only).
35.FAN SPEED BUTTON
This button toggles between L (Low), H (High), HH (very High), (Automatic).
36.AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON
This button enables to adjust the air flow direction.
37.AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME ICON RESET BUTTON
This button is used to reset the air filter cleaning time icon.
Wired Remote Controller SiBE28-804
1.2 Installation
SiBE28-804 Wired Remote Controller
Wireless Remote Controller SiBE28-804
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2.1 Features
Names and Function
Model Series
Name of Option
FCQ-C FFQ-B FHQ-BU FAQ71B FAQ100B
Remote Controller H / P BRC7F532F BRC7E530W BRC7E63W BRC7E618 BRC7C510W
1-1
1
ON OFF
8
3
1-2
H M L
DOWN 10
C ON OFF
6 UP
TEMP
FAN H M L TIME 11
4
C
hr. UP
9 DOWN
hr. FAN
2 13
RESERVE CANCEL
hr.
5 TIMER 12
TEST hr.
MODE 15
7
SWING 14
16
TEST
TEST 17
Explanation of Receiver
FCQ-C FFQ-B FHQ-BU
22 23
21 20 22 23
23 19
18
19 21 20 18
18 22 3PA63363-21T
19
20 21
3P107422-1F
FAQ71B FAQ100B
21 20
18 20 21
19
19
18
23 22 23 22
3PA63363-25Z 3PA63363-8L
SiBE28-804 Wireless Remote Controller
DISPLAY “ ” (SIGNAL TIMER RESERVE/CANCEL BUTTON

13
TRANSMISSION)
1
This lights up when a signal is being AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST
transmitted. 14 BUTTON
DISPLAY “ ” “ ” “ ”“ ”
“ ” (OPERATION MODE) OPERATION MODE SELECTOR
BUTTON
2 This display shows the current OPER- 15
ATION MODE. For straight cooling Press this button to select OPERATION
type, “ ” (Auto) and “ ” (Heating) MODE.
are not installed. FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
H M L 16 Refer to the section of MAINTENANCE
DISPLAY “ ” (SET TEMPERATURE) in the operation manual attached to the
C
3 indoor unit.
This display shows the set tempera-
ture. INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION
BUTTON
DISPLAY “ hr. hr. ” 17 This button is used only by qualified
(PROGRAMMED TIME) service persons for maintenance
4 purposes.
This display shows PROGRAMMED EMERGENCY OPERATION SWITCH
TIME of the system start or stop. 18 This switch is readily used if the remote
DISPLAY “ ” (AIR FLOW FLAP) controller does not work.
5
RECEIVER
19 This receives the signals from the
DISPLAY “ ”“ ” (FAN SPEED)
6 remote controller.
The display shows the set fan speed.
OPERATING INDICATOR LAMP
DISPLAY “ TEST ” (Red)
(INSPECTION/ TEST OPERATION) 20 This lamp stays lit while the air
7 When the INSPECTION/TEST OPER- conditioner runs. It flashes when the
ATION BUTTON is pressed, the display unit is in trouble.
shows the system mode is in. TIMER INDICATOR LAMP (Green)
ON/OFF BUTTON 21
This lamp stays lit while the timer is set .
8 Press the button and the system will AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME
start. Press the button again and the INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
system will stop. 22
Lights up when it is time to clean the air
FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON filter.
9 Press this button to select the fan DEFROST LAMP (Orange)
speed, HIGH or LOW, of your choice.
23 Lights up when the defrosting opera-
TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON tion has started. (For straight cooling
10 Use this button for SETTING TEMPER- type this lamp does not turn on.)
ATURE (Operates with the front cover
of the remote controller closed.)
PROGRAMMING TIMER BUTTON
Use this button for programming
11 “START and/or STOP” time. (Operates
with the front cover of the remote con-
troller opened.)
TIMER MODE START/STOP BUTTON C: 3PA63363-25Z
12 C: 3PA63363-21T
C: 3P107422-1F
C: 3PA63363-8L
Method of Operating Remote Controller SiBE28-804
3. Method of Operating Remote Controller

3.1 The INSPECTION / TEST Button
The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button

for more than 4 seconds.
Indoor unit settings can be made Service data can be obtained.
• Filter sign time
Field • Malfunciton code history
setting Service
• Air flow direction mode • Temperature data of various sections
• Others mode Service settings can be made.
• Forced fan ON
• Air flow direction/volume setting
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
for more than 4 seconds.
Normal
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation
Or after 30 minutes
button once.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked.

• Malfunction codes Test
• Indoor model code Inspection operation Thermostat is forcibly turned on.
• Outdoor model code mode mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation

(V0815)
button once.
SiBE28-804 Method of Operating Remote Controller
3.2 Maintenance Mode Setting

3.2.1 Service Data Confirmation
Procedure
5
4
1, 2, 7
1. Enter the field set mode.

Continue to push the inspection / test operation button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
2. Enter the service mode.
After having entered the field set mode, continue to push the inspection / test operation
button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
3. Select the mode No.
Set the desired mode No. with the up/down temperature setting button.
4. Select the unit No.
Select the indoor unit No. set with the TIME MODE START/STOP button.
5. Select the necessary settings for each mode. (Modes 40 or 41)
6. Select the desired malfunction hysteresis of sensor data display with or button.
(In case of wireless remote controller, use or button.)
Each data displays (Refer below display)
7. Return to the normal operation mode.
Press the inspection / test operation button one time.
Table
Mode Function Content and Operation Method Example of Remote Controller Display
No.
40 Malfunction You can change the history
Hysteresis with the programming time up-
down button.
41 Sensor Data Select the display sensor with

Display the programming time up-
down button
Display sensor
00 Remote control sensor
01 Suction
02 Heat exchange
3.2.2 Service Mode Setting

Procedure
5
4 5
5
1, 2, 6
5 3
1. Enter the field set mode.

Continue to push the inspection / test operation button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
2. Enter the maintenance mode.
After having entered the field set mode, continue to push the inspection / test operation
button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
3. Select the mode No. (Mode 43, 44 or 45)
Set the desired mode No. with the up/down temperature setting button.
4. Select the unit No.
Select the indoor unit No. set with the TIME MODE START/STOP button.
5. Carry out the necessary settings for each mode. (Mode 43 only possible for wireless remote
controller)
• In case of Mode 43;
Press TIMER ON / OFF BUTTON to decide the forced Fan ON.
Set “Fan speed” with FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON and “Air flow direction” with AIR
FLOW DIRECTION ADJUSTING BUTTON, then press TIMER ON / OFF BUTTON to decide.
Select the changed unit No. with or button, then press TIMER ON / OFF
BUTTON to decide.
6. Return to the normal operation mode.
Tap the inspection / test operation button one time.
Table
Mode Function Content and Operation Method Example of Remote Controller Display
No.
43 Forced Fan Turns the fan ON for each unit
ON individually.
44 Individual Sets fan speed and air flow

Setting direction for each unit
individually when using group
control.
Settings are made using the
“air flow direction adjust” and
“fan speed adjust” buttons.
45 Unit No. Changes unit No.

Change Set the unit No. after changing
with the programming time up-
down button.
SiBE28-804 Method of Operating Remote Controller
3.3 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection / Test

Operation Button
Unit 0
Malfunction code L0
Inspection
Normal display (No display) Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs.
Inspection/test Push the button.

operation
Unit 0
Malfunction code L0 0 7 1... Capacity code
Inspection F... Indoor unit system code
J... Indoor unit type code
Inspection mode
J... Progression code

operation
Indoor unit system code
Display System classification
F Standard indoor unit
071
FJJ
Indoor unit model code display
Indoor unit type code

Inspection/test Push the button. Type
Display Model
operation
C Double flow FCQ
F Multi flow FFQ
J Built-In FBQ
–––
AA1 P High static pressure FDQ
H Ceiling suspended FHQ
Outdoor unit model code display 5 Ceiling suspended cassette FUQ
A Wall mounted FAQ
Inspection/test 1 Floor standing FVQ
Push the button.
operation
Test operation
Outdoor model code
Test operation mode
Display Model
2AA RZQ-C, RZQS-C
operation
(V2775)
3.4 Remote Controller Service Mode

How to Enter the The operation of the Inspection/Test Operation button on the remote controller allows the unit to
Service Mode enter the Test Operation mode.
When the Start/Stop button is pushed after the Test Operation mode is set, test operation starts.
("Test Operation" appears on the remote controller.)
SiBE28-804
Part 4
Functional Description
1. General Functionality ............................................................................33
1.1 Functions of Thermistors........................................................................33
1.2 Forced Operating Mode (Emergency Operation) ...................................35
1.3 Outdoor Unit Identification Function .......................................................37
1.4 Simulated Operation Function................................................................38
1.5 Restart Standby......................................................................................39
1.6 Automatic Restart...................................................................................40
1.7 Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermostat..............................41
1.8 Forced Thermostat OFF.........................................................................43
1.9 Test Run Control ....................................................................................44
1.10 4-way Valve Control ...............................................................................45
1.11 Pump Down Operation ...........................................................................46
1.12 Defrost Operation ...................................................................................47
1.13 Freeze Prevention Function ...................................................................49
1.14 PMV Control ...........................................................................................50
1.15 Preheating Operation Control.................................................................51
1.16 Crankcase Heater Control......................................................................52
2. Indoor Unit Functional Concept.............................................................53
2.1 Thermostat Control.................................................................................53
2.2 Drain Pump Control................................................................................54
2.3 Condensation Avoidance Control...........................................................55
2.6 Fan and Flap Operation .........................................................................58
2.7 Indoor Unit Fan Control ..........................................................................59
3. Outdoor Unit Functional Concept..........................................................61
3.1 Function Outline in Cooling Mode ..........................................................61
3.2 Function Outline in Heating Mode ..........................................................62
4. Frequency Regulating Functions ..........................................................63
4.1 Starting Frequency Control ....................................................................63
4.2 Starting Control ......................................................................................64
4.3 General Frequency Control ....................................................................65
4.4 Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................67
4.5 High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................69
4.6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control.....................................................70
4.7 Suction Pipe Superheat Protection Control (Heating Mode) ..................71
4.8 Inverter Current Protection Control ........................................................72
4.9 Protection Control by Overall Current ....................................................73
4.10 Inverter Cooling Fin Temperature Control..............................................74
4.11 Pressure Difference Control ...................................................................75
4.12 Oil Recovery Operation ..........................................................................77
5. Expansion Valve Regulating Functions.................................................78
5.1 Expansion Valve Control at Startup .......................................................78
5.2 General Expansion Valve Control ..........................................................79
5.3 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control....................................80
Functional Description 31
SiBE28-804
6. Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control...........................................................81

6.1 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control............................................................81
32 Functional Description
SiBE28-804 General Functionality
1. General Functionality
1.1 Functions of Thermistors
Locating the RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B (Single phase)
thermistors
RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B (Single phase)
Note: Sensor R3T on indoor coil of FCQ35~60, FFQ35~60, FBQ35~60 & FHQ35~60 is not used
when the indoor units are connected to RZQ outdoor units.
General Functionality SiBE28-804
Functions of the
thermistors Wiring
Thermistor Location Mode Function
symbol
1 Indoor R2T Cooling Compressor frequency control (target Te)
heat Inverter current protection control
exchanger Freeze-up control
Heating Compressor frequency control (target Tc)
Inverter current protection control
Hot start control
Peak cut-off
2 Indoor air R1T Cooling Thermostat control
return PMV control
General frequency control
Heating Thermostat control
PMV control
General frequency control
3 Outdoor R2T Cooling Inverter current protection control
heat Heating Inverter current protection control
exchanger Defrost control
4 Outdoor R1T Cooling Outdoor fan speed control
ambient PMV control
Pressure difference control
Overall current protection control
Preheating operation control (RZQ71)
Heating Defrost control
PMV control
Forced thermostat OFF
Preheating operation control (RZQ71)
5 Discharge R3T Cooling Discharge superheat control
pipe Expansion valve control
Crankcase heater / preheating control
Heating Expansion valve control
Crankcase heater / preheating control
6 Suction R4T Cooling Expansion valve control (SH control)
pipe Heating Expansion valve control (SH control)
Suction pipe superheat protection control
7 Inverter R5T Cooling Outdoor fan speed control
power Inverter fin temperature control
module Pressure difference control
Heating Inverter fin temperature control
1.2 Forced Operating Mode (Emergency Operation)

Purpose The table below describes the purpose of the forced operating mode.
If... Then...
R/C is defective Forced operating mode can be used to go to cooling or heating. In
Indoor PC board is forced operating mode, the compressor is forced to operate until the
defective defective indoor or outdoor PC board is back online.
Outdoor PC board is
defective
Starting You can operate the system manually by changing the emergency switch on the indoor and
conditions outdoor PC board from "normal" to "emergency". When the system is operating in "emergency"
it can not control the room temperature.
Both the indoor and outdoor unit must be set to "emergency" while the power is off.
Ending You can end the emergency operation by changing the "emergency" switch back to "normal"
conditions while the power is OFF.
Emergency Below table explains what will happen when the switch is set to "emergency":
operation Changing the switch to "emergency" for the… Switches ON the…
Indoor unit Indoor fan
Drain pump
Outdoor unit Compressor
Outdoor fan(s)
How to set To set emergency operation, proceed as follows:

Emergency Step Action
Operation 1 Turn OFF the power.
2 Switch ON the emergency switch (SS1) on the indoor PC board.
Normal
Emergency
3 Switch ON the emergency switch on the outdoor PC board.
EMERGENCY
ON COOL
1 2 3 4
OFF HEAT
Step Action
4 Set the emergency switch on the outdoor PCB to the forced mode you prefer (Cooling or
Heating).
EMERGENCY
ON COOL
1 2 3 4
OFF HEAT
5 Turn ON the power supply.
Active
components Component Forced cooling Forced heating Forced defrosting
Compressor ON ON ON
4-way valve OFF ON OFF
Outdoor unit fan H fan speed H fan speed OFF
Indoor unit fan H fan speed H fan speed H fan speed
Drain pump ON ON ON
Additional info During emergency operation, do not attempt to operate the equipment from the remote
controller. The remote controller shows "88" while the emergency operation is active on the
indoor unit
If a safety device is activated during emergency, all actuators are turned OFF
In cooling, the unit runs for 20min and then stops for 10min in order to avoid freeze-up of the
indoor coil.
In heating, defrost is activated for 3 minutes once every hour.
Emergency operation can not be carried out when the PC board itself is defective.
Be sure to set the emergency switch on both the outdoor and indoor unit.
The unit will not regulate the temperature during emergency operation.
Change the position of the emergency switch only when the power is turned off.
1.3 Outdoor Unit Identification Function

Purpose The purpose of the outdoor unit identification function is to enable the indoor unit to
automatically determine which operating mode has to be set in function of the type of connected
outdoor unit (C/O or H/P).
Operating modes The possible operating modes are:

Outdoor unit Operating modes
H/P Fan
Cooling
Dry keep
Heating
C/O Fan
Cooling
Dry keep
Used input The outdoor unit identification function uses the following inputs:
Connection on Connection on
Input indoor PCB outdoor PCB
Indoor PC board TC & RC —
Outdoor PC board — TC & RC
TC: Transmission circuit

RC: Receiving circuit
1.4 Simulated Operation Function

RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7
When a malfunction on one of the below thermistors occurs, operation will continue while
displaying the applicable alarm on the remote-controller. Fin thermistor malfunction is only
displayed when pressing the "Inspection" button on the remote controller.
· Outside temperature thermistor
· Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
· Fin thermistor
· Discharge pipe thermistor
· Indoor unit air suction thermistor
· Indoor heat exchanger thermistor (RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7)
Note: Simulated operation will not be conducted in case the below mentioned thermistors are
malfunctioning:
· Suction thermistor
· Indoor heat exchanger thermistor
· Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
RZQ100~140C7·RZQS125·140C7
In case of a thermistor malfunction, simulated operation is performed in two different ways
as shown below even while the malfunction is detected.
A. Operation continues while the malfunction code is displayed on the remote controller.
Applicable thermistors
· Outside air temperature thermistor
· Heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistor (in cooling operation only)
· Intermediate heat exchanger thermistor (in heating operation only)
· Liquid pipe thermistor
· Indoor suction air thermistor
· Indoor heat exchanger thermistor
B. Operation continues even the malfunction is detected. The remote controller displays
"Inspection/Test Run". Only when the button is pushed, the malfunction code appears.
· Remote controller thermistor
· Radiation fin thermistor
Note: In case of a thermistor malfunction other than A and B above, a malfunction stop is made and
no simulated operation is carried out.
· Suction pipe thermistor
· Discharge pipe thermistor
· Heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistor (in heating operation only)
· Intermediate heat exchanger thermistor (in cooling operation only)
1.5 Restart Standby

To prevent compressor from frequent ON/OFF and equalize pressure in refrigerant line,
conducts forced thermostat OFF for 3 minutes after compressor stopping. Moreover, outdoor
unit fan conducts residual operation for a period of time to expedite equalization and prevent
refrigerant from entering in evaporator.
Thermostat OFF Restart standby complete
ON
Compressor OFF


Electronic Operation 
expansion valve complete 
480 

300 
Cooling 
Heating  Moves to "Stop" or "Starting control"
0  after completion of "Restart standby".

60 sec. 60 30 30 

sec. sec. sec. 


ON 
Outdoor unit fan 
Residual OFF 
operation
For 3 min.
RZQ100~140C7·RZQS125·140C7
Thermostat OFF Restart standby complete
ON
Compressor OFF

Electronic Operation 
expansion valve 
complete
166 

Cooling 130 
110 0
87

 Moves to "Stop" or "Starting control"
10 sec. 30 30 30
 after completion of "Restart standby".
sec. sec. sec. 
Heating 

0 



ON 
Outdoor unit fan
Residual OFF 
operation
For 3 min.
1.6 Automatic Restart

Purpose The purpose of the auto-restart function is to automatically resume the same operating mode as
when the unit was operating when the power supply is restored after a power failure.
Do not use the "Automatic Restart" function to daily start/stop the unit.
Precautions When you have to turn OFF the power supply in order to carry out maintenance, make sure
when turning OFF to turn the remote control's ON/OFF switch OFF firstly.
power If you turn OFF the power supply while the remote control's ON/OFF switch is still ON, the
"automatic restart function" automatically starts the indoor fan immediately and the outdoor
unit fan starts automatically 3 minutes after the power supply is turned back ON.
Do not start/stop the unit by disconnecting the power supply.Stop the unit by stop
commando from the remote controller or optional controller before disconnecting the power
supply. Be sure that the compressor and the outdoor fans are stopped before disconnecting
the power supply so the "Refrigerant Recovery function" has been finished correctly.
When restarting the unit after the power was disconnected for a longer period leave the unit
OFF with the power supply connected for about half an hour (See "Crankcase Heater
Control" & "Preheating Operation Control").
1.7 Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermostat

Applicable The remote control thermostat is only available in wired remote controls.
Method The remote control sensor is standard disabled for sky-air units. The use of the remote control
sensor can be enabled by changing field setting 10(20)-2-02 to 10(20)-2-01.
Conditions The table below contains the condition in which the remote control thermostat is not used:
Condition The remote controller thermostat is not used when...
1 The remote controller thermostat malfunctions.
2 Group control is used.
3 The set temperature / air suction temperature combination is out of range. (See
below graph)
Cooling The diagram below shows the operation range of the set temperature / air suction temperature
combination in cooling operation:
32
Preset temperature
TH1 = Ts - 1
(Ts)
30
TH1 = Ts + 1
28 TH1 = Ts - 3
TH1 = Ts + 3
26
A B C D E F
24
22
20
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
Suction temperature (TH1)
Range in which thermostat sensor Range in which Differential

in remote controller can be used body thermostat sensor
can be used
Example Assuming the preset temperature above is 24°C, and the suction temperature has
changed from 18°C to 30°C (A --> F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 23°C (A --> C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 27°C (C --> E).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27°C to 30°C (E --> F).
And assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C to 18°C (F --> A):
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30°C to 25°C (F --> D).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 21°C (D --> B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21°C to 18°C (B --> A).
Heating The diagram below shows the operation range of the set temperature / air suction temperature
combination in heating operation:
32
30
Preset temperature
(Ts)
28
TH1 = Ts – 1
26
A B C D
24
22
TH1 = Ts + 1 ≤ 31˚C
20
18 TH1 = Ts + 12 ≤ 33˚C
TH1 = Ts + 10 ≤ 31˚C
16
15
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
Suction temperature (TH1)
Range in which thermostat sensor Range in which Differential

in remote controller can be used body thermostat sensor
can be used
Example Assuming the preset temperature above is 24°C, and the suction temperature has
changed from 18°C to 28°C (A --> D):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 25°C (A --> C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 28°C (C --> D).
And assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C to 18°C (D --> A):
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28°C to 23°C (D --> B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 18°C (B --> A).
When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower
near the floor where the occupants are.When controlling by body thermostat sensor only, the
unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the
preset temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the
occupants are doesn’t become cold by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote
controller can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature.
1.8 Forced Thermostat OFF

The unit will perform the forced thermostat off function in following conditions:
Condition 1 (cooling)
Thermostat off due to freeze-up prevention.
Based on the judgment to prevent the indoor heat exchanger from freezing, the thermostat is
forcedly turned OFF.
Indoor unit
heat exchanger Freeze prevention control
temperature
(Te)
Reset after a continuous 10 minutes and cumulative
timer cleared after a continuous 10 minutes
7ºC
Cumulative timer cleared after a continuous 20 minutes
4ºC
The thermostat turns OFF after a cumulative 40
minutes
-1ºC
The thermostat turns OFF after a continuous 1 minute
after 8 minutes from startup (*1)
-3ºC
*1 FHQ Only
Condition 2 (heating)
Thermostat off due to high outdoor temperature.
RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7
When the outside temperature is > 32°CDB in heating mode, the unit will conduct a
forced thermostat off operation to protect the system.
"Freeze Prevention Function". Refer to P49.
1.9 Test Run Control

Purpose When operating the RZQ(S) units for the first time after installation, the unit will - depending on
the selected operation mode - perform a test run operation first.
Situation 1 Cooling - first operation after installation in "Cooling mode"

Cooling thermostat ON Cooling operation in Normal cooling
"Test run mode" for 3 operation
minutes
Situation 2 Cooling - first operation after installation in "Test run mode"

Cooling Operation by Cooling operation in Cooling operation in
Test run button "Test run mode" for 3 forced thermostat ON.
minutes
Situation 3 Heating - first operation after installation in "Heating mode"

Heating thermostat ON Heating operation can
not be done.
Situation 4 Heating - first operation after installation in "Test run mode"

Heating Operation by Heating operation in
Test run button forced thermostat ON.
Note: When running in test run mode, the unit will sense on site installation parameters (e.g.:
failure to open stop valves,..) and indicate the applicable malfunction code if required.
If the remote controller shows E3, E4 or L8 as an error code, there is possibility that either
the stop valve is closed or the air flow outlet is obstructed.
Check the inter unit branch wiring connection (1-2-3 wiring) when the error code U4 or UF is
displayed on the remote controller.
When the error code U2 is displayed on the remote controller, check for voltage imbalance.
When the error code L4 is displayed on the remote controller, there is possibility that the air
flow passage is closed.
When there is no error code display, cooling operation continues without interruption.
(However, this control is once again performed after refrigerant is recovered by means of the
pump down switch and at the time of the first operation after the outdoor PC board
replacement.)
1.10 4-way Valve Control

Purpose The purpose of the 4-way valve control is to control how the superheated refrigerant passes
through the 4-way valve. The 4-way valve control carries out the changeover switching of the 4-
way valve. This changeover switching is only carried out during operation, because a certain
pressure difference is required to move the internal cylinder.
When... Then the 4-way valve connects the outlet of the compressor with...
Cooling Outdoor heat exchanger
Heating Indoor heat exchanger
Method The table below describes the 4-way valve control operation.
In... The 4-way valve is...
Heating, except for defrosting ON
Cooling OFF
Dry keep
Defrosting
Time chart The time chart below illustrates the 4-way valve control.
ON
Compressor OFF
Cooling/Dry
Unit mode Heating
ON
Defrosting
OFF
4-way valve ON
OFF
1.11 Pump Down Operation

Outline Whenever the units need to be moved or removed, perform a pump-down operation before
disconnecting the field piping. By performing a pump-down operation, all of the refrigerant will
be collected in the outdoor unit.
Procedure
Procedure Precautions
1 Start "Fan only operation" from the remote Confirm that both the liquid and gas stop
controller. valves are open.
2 Push the pump-down button BS1 on the Compressor and outdoor fan will start
outdoor PCB. automatically.
3 Once the operation stops (after 3~5
minutes) close the liquid stop valve first and
then the gas stop valve.
After the "Pump Down Operation" has been Make sure the stop valves are opened
finished the wired remote controller screen before restarting the unit.
may be blank or show "U4" error
indication.It will not be able to start the unit
from the remote controller without switching
OFF the power supply first.
Cautions Pressing the pump down switch (BS1) on the outdoor PCB may cause the outdoor and
indoor fan to start operating automatically.
Be sure to open the stop valves after the pipe work has been finished. Be sure not to operate
the unit with closed stop valves, or the compressor may brake down.
1.12 Defrost Operation

Outline When the unit is operating in heating mode, a defrost operation will be conducted in order to
avoid ice formation on the outdoor unit heat exchanger.
Defrost starting Defrost will start when the following conditions have been realized:
conditions
• Integrated compressor running time is 25 minutes or more since the completion of the
previous defrost operation.
& • Defrost upper limit time A is met.
OR • Outdoor unit heat exchanger area temperature (Tb) is within the defrost requesting
area.
RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7V1B
Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature Tb (˚C)
5
2 When slightly quick defrost starting is set (Permit)

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 Outdoor temperature Ta(˚C)
-1
Factory setting (Permit)
-3 -1 When slightly quick defrost starting is set (Request)
-4 -7 -2
-4 When slightly slow defrost starting is set (Permit)
-5
-5 Factory setting (Request)
-6 -6
-8 -8
-7 -8 When slightly slow defrost starting is set (Request)
-9 -10
-10
-11 -11
-12 -13 -7
-14
Defrost permit -16 -15
area -17 Defrost request
-19 -20 area
-21
-24 -23 -25
-27
-28 -30
Areas Defrost upper limit A

When quick Factory setting When slow defrost
defrost starting is 16(26)-3-01 starting is set
set 16(26)-3-03 16(26)-3-02
Outdoor temperature > -5°C 40 minutes 2 hours 6 hours
Outdoor temperature ≤ -5°C 40 minutes 6 hours 8 hours
Defrost control RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7V1B

Defrosting start Defrosting complete
previous control 155Hz
Compressor 0Hz
ON ON
4-way value
OFF
150
pls A pls
Electronic (wet protection control)
expansion valve
0 pls (5~60 sec.) 0 pls (5 sec.)
ON ON
Outdoor unit fan
OFF
ON ON
Indoor unit fan
OFF
A pls
RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7 480 pls
RZQ100~140C7, RZQ125·140C7 250 pls
Defrost ending Defrosting ends when the following conditions have been realized. Note that defrosting can be
conditions operated for 10 minutes at longest.
RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7V1B
Defrost Time>10 sec.

&
Hp>2.45 MPa
Defrost Time>1 min.
OR &
Hp>12˚C
Defrost Time>9 min.
&
Tb>10˚C
1.13 Freeze Prevention Function

Purpose In order to avoid formation of ice on the indoor unit heat exchanger in cooling and dry mode, the
system automatically starts up a freeze prevention cycle when a number of specific conditions
are fulfilled.
Freeze Freeze prevention start decided by the indoor unit (factory setting):
Prevention start Indoor coil temperature ≤ -1°C for 40 minutes accumulated
conditions OR Indoor coil temperature < A°C for 1 minute continuous
&
Compressor is running for minimum 8 minutes since
operation start or end of previous freeze up cycle.
Freeze Freeze prevention stop decided by the indoor unit (factory setting):
Prevention stop Indoor coil temperature > 7°C for 10 minutes continuous
conditions
Parameters
FAQ FHQ All except FAQ & FHQ
A -1°C -3°C -5°C
Reference Please refer to "Outdoor Field Settings" in Part 5 "Test Operation" for details on possible use of
EDP room settings in case of low latent heat applications. (Refer to P99)
1.14 PMV Control

Outline When the automatic mode is selected on the remote-controller, the unit will automatically
activate the PMV control.
The PMV index is a calculated average comfort level.
Refer to ISO 7730 for details.
Function An optimized indoor temperature will be calculated using the following inputs:
Outdoor air temperature
Indoor air temperature
Remote controller set temperature
In practice, the set point will be moved with 1 or 2 degrees whenever the conditions change.
This will result in a combination of power saving and increased comfort level.
PMV control can be disabled by changing the field settings:

From: 11(21)-4-01 to: 11(21)-4-02
1.15 Preheating Operation Control

RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
Outline After the compressor has been turned off, the preheating operation will be activated in order to
avoid refrigerant from dissolving in the compressor oil.
Trigger
conditions
Starting conditions
• Compressor stopping
&
{{
or
• Less than 6 hours duration after turning on the power.
• Longer than 1 hour elasped after shutting down the compressor.
{
& • Outside temperature is not declining.
• Discharge pipe temperature < 70˚C
Ending conditions
• Operation of thermostat is established
&
{{
&
• Longer than 6 hours elasped after turning on the power.
{
• Less than 1 hour duration after shutting down the compressor.
or • Outside temperature is declining.
• Discharge pipe temperature > 75˚C
1.16 Crankcase Heater Control

RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
Outline After the compressor has been turned off, the crankcase heater control will be activated in order
to avoid refrigerant from dissolving in the compressor oil.
Trigger
conditions
ON
OFF
70°C 75°C
Discharge pipe temperature
SiBE28-804 Indoor Unit Functional Concept
2. Indoor Unit Functional Concept

2.1 Thermostat Control
According to a difference between the temperature set by the remote controller and the actually
detected room temperature (*1), the thermostat is turned ON or OFF.
In normal operation
In cooling
OR
·∆T≤-0.5ºC continues for 1 minute.
Normal operation
·∆T≤-2ºC
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
∆T≥+0.5ºC
In heating
OR
·∆T≥+0.5ºC continues for 1 minute.
Normal operation
·∆T≥+2.5ºC
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
∆T≤-0.5ºC
In dry operation
Tro> 24ºC ∆T<-2.5ºC
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
∆>-1ºC
24ºC≥Tro>16ºC ∆T<-2ºC
∆>-1ºC
16ºC≥Tro Tr<13ºC
Tr>15ºC
Note: *1: The thermistor to detect room temperature is as follows according to field setting.
a. Factory setting: Indoor unit suction air thermistor
b. When set to remote controller thermistor: Indoor air thermistor in the remote controller
2: Explanation of each symbol
∆T: Detected room temperature - Temperature set by remote controller
Tro: Room temperature detected when dry operation is started
Tr: Room temperature detected by thermistor
Indoor Unit Functional Concept SiBE28-804
2.2 Drain Pump Control

2.2.1 Cooling Operation, Dry Operation
FCQ
Normally drain pump ON (Thermostat ON/OFF)
Excluding FCQ
· Cooling or Dry Operation
& · Thermostat ON
Drain pump OFF Drain pump ON
Excluding the
below-mentioned (*1)
*1: When changing over from ON to OFF, the residual operation is done for 5 minutes.
2.2.2 Heating Operation

When the following condition consists by mounting the adaptor for wiring PC board and the
humidifier, the drain pump is turned on.
Humidifier interlock not-equipped
Humidifier
Drain pump
5 min. 5 sec.
Float switch
Humidifier interlock equipped

ON
Humidifier
OFF
ON
Drain pump
5
OFF *
20 3 20 3 20 3 20 5 20 3 20 3 5 5
* * * * * * * * * * * * * sec.
ON
Float switch
OFF
A3 indication
*: minutes
2.3 Condensation Avoidance Control

FHQ71~125, FAQ71·100
In cooling and dry operation, the following control is carried out in order to prevent dew
condensation when the horizontal blade blows air downward.
[Start condition]
• Horizontal blade is set to downward flow
&
• Cooling operation (compressor operation) continues for A minutes.
FHQ FAQ
A 30 min. 20 min.
[Dew condensation prevention control]

Dry operation with horizontal air flow is carried out for one hour (*1).
Note 1. When there is any change to heating/fan modes, airflow direction and operation ON/OFF
state during dew condensation prevention control, this control is reset.
2. *1: For FAQ71, the air flow is 44 degrees downward from the horizontal direction.
2.4 Draft Avoidance Control 1

Purpose Avoid draft for the customer by delaying transfer of the flap to the Po0 (horizontal) position for a
certain amount of time when defrosting and in heating thermostat OFF.
Heating The time chart below illustrates the draft avoidance control 1 in heating thermostat OFF.
thermostat OFF
When the flap starts to move, there can be
a draft. The fan speed decreases to LL
speed but it takes some time because of
Setting
Fan its inertia.
LL
Setting
Flap Po0
Po0
20 s Flap motor starts
to drive the flap.
ON
Thermostat
OFF
Flap moves from
setting position to Po0
Defrosting The time chart below illustrates the draft avoidance control 1 in defrosting.
When the flap starts to move, there can be
a draft. The fan speed decreases to LL
speed but it takes some time because of
Setting
Fan its inertia.
Off
Setting
Flap Po0
Po0
20 s Flap motor starts
Yes to drive the flap.
Defrosting
No
Flap moves from
setting position to Po0
Used inputs The draft avoidance control 1 uses the following inputs:
Limit switch for flap 33S —
No. of fan turns X26A —
Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor (defrost control) — R2T
2.5 Draft Avoidance Control 2

Purpose The purpose of the draft avoidance control 2 is to avoid draft when the flap is moving.
Starting The draft avoidance control 2 is activated when:

conditions Hot start is finished, or
Cold air prevention control is finished.
Time chart If the fan speed is set to "H", the fan turns at low speed for a certain amount of time.
H
Fan
L
OFF/LL
Flap Setting T = 24 s
Po0 FCQ: T = 5s
T
Hot start finished
Used input Draft avoidance control 2 uses the following inputs:

Limit switch for flaps 33S —
No. of fan turns X26A —
2.6 Fan and Flap Operation

Cooling The table below contains the fan and flap operations.
operation
Function In… Fan Flap (FCQ(H) Flap (FAQ) Flap (FVQ) Remote
and FHQ) control
indication
Thermostat ON Swing operation L Swing Swing Swing Swing
in Dry Keep Airflow direction setting Set position Set position Set position Set position
Mode
Thermostat OFF Swing operation OFF Swing Swing Forward Swing
in Dry Keep Airflow direction setting Set position Set position Set position Set position
Mode
Thermostat OFF Swing operation Set Swing Swing Swing Swing
in Cooling Mode Airflow direction setting Set position Set position Set position Set position
Stop (Error) Swing operation OFF Horizontal Downward Forward —
Airflow direction setting Set position Downward Set position
Freeze- Swing operation L(*) Swing Swing Swing Swing
prevention Airflow direction setting Set position Set position Set position Set position
(*) LL operation on cassette type units
Heating operation The table below contains the fan and flap operations.
Function In… Fan Flap (FCQ(H) Flap (FAQ) Flap (FVQ) Remote
and FHQ) control
indication
Hot start after Swing operation OFF Horizontal Horizontal Forward Swing
defrost Airflow direction setting Set position Set position
Defrost Swing operation Forward Swing
Airflow direction setting Set position Set position
Thermostat OFF Swing operation LL Swing Swing
Airflow direction setting Set position Set position
Hot start after Swing operation Swing Swing
thermostat OFF Airflow direction setting Set position Set position
(cold air
prevention)
Stop (error) Swing operation OFF Fully closed Forward —
(horizontal)
Airflow direction setting Fully closed Set position
Overload Swing operation LL Horizontal Swing Swing
thermostat OFF Airflow direction setting Set position Set position
2.7 Indoor Unit Fan Control

Outline During compressor start and stop control, the indoor fan will receive instruction from the outdoor
unit in order to protect the compressor from receiving liquid and to assure a smooth compressor
start up:
Indoor fan control during compressor stop
Indoor fan control before compressor startup
Indoor fan control at compressor startup
During
compressor stop Indoor fan tap
Indoor cooling / Automatic Thermostat OFF Remote controller setting
cooling Remote controller OFF OFF
Indoor heating / Automatic Thermostat OFF LL
heating Remote controller OFF OFF
Indoor drying Thermostat OFF OFF
Remote controller OFF OFF
Before
compressor Indoor fan tap
startup Indoor cooling / Automatic cooling Remote controller setting
Indoor heating / Automatic heating OFF
Indoor drying L
At compressor In heating: Hot startup control when performing a startup, or after the defrosting cycle has
startup been completed, the indoor fan will be controlled as to prevent cold air draft and secure the
starting performance (quick pressure build-up).
Indoor unit fan: OFF
Heating operation is turend on with remote controller.
Indoor unit fan: LL tap
• 1 minute elapsed with LL tap

& • Condition A is met.
OR • Condition B is met.
• 3 minutes elapsed after compressor startup
Indoor unit fan: L tap
• 1 minute elapsed with L tap

OR • Condition B is met.
• 5.5 minutes elapsed after compressor startup
Indoor unit fan: M tap (Continuing L tap on indoor unit without M tap equipped)
• 1 minute elapsed with M tap

OR • Condition C is met.
• 10.5 minutes elapsed after compressor startup
Indoor unit fan: Set fan speed
Condition
A Indoor unit h/e temp > 34°C
Indoor unit h/e temp > indoor suction air temp +17°C
B (+12°C if outside temperature is < 5°C)
Indoor unit h/e temp > indoor suction air temp +22°C
C (+20°C if outside temperature is < 5°C)
SiBE28-804 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept
3. Outdoor Unit Functional Concept

3.1 Function Outline in Cooling Mode
Flow chart Cooling/Dry operation
Power supply ON
Initialize motorized valve

Initialize microcomputer
A
Crank case heater control *1 Turn on the power to crankcase heater *1
Preheating operation control
Remote controller
operation judgement
Cooling/Dry Operation mode Emergency

judgement
Heating Emergency
operation
Cooling/Dry Heating
Thermostat ON judgement
Starting control
4-way valve changeover
B
Normal control
Inverter current protection control
Compressor step control
Motorized valve PI control Inverter fin temperature protection control
PMV control
Low pressure protection control Overall current protection control
High pressure protection control Low outdoor temperature cooling control
Discharge pipe temperature protection control Simulated operation
Oil recovery Thermostat OFF judgement Remote Malfunction

Thermostat OFF by < ∆ > Tr Standby
operation starting control stop
judgement judgement
operation OFF judgement
Thermostat OFF by freeze-up judgement
protection
Oil recovery
operation
Oil recovery Restart standby

operation ending
judgement
A
*1 Only for Trank Shaped : RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
Outdoor Unit Functional Concept SiBE28-804
3.2 Function Outline in Heating Mode

Flow chart Heating operation
Power supply ON
Initialize motorized valve

Initialize microcomputer
Crank case heater control *1 Turn on the power to crankcase heater *1
Preheating operation control
Remote controller ON
operation judgement
Cooling/Dry Emergency
Operation mode
judgement
Heating Emergency
operation
Cooling/Dry Heating
Thermostat ON judgement
Starting control
4-way valve changeover
Hot start control
Normal control
Compressor step control Discharge pipe temperature protection control
Motorized valve PI control
PMV control Inverter current protection control
Low pressure protection control Inverter fin temperature protection control
High pressure protection control Suction pipe superheat degree protection control
Heating overload control Simulated operation
Defrosting Thermostat OFF judgement Remote

condition Thermostat OFF by < ∆ > Tr Malfunction
control Standby
stop
4-way valve operation OFF judgement judgement
changeover Thermostat OFF by outdoor judgement
Defrost temperature
Malfunction
operation code
indication
Defrost
ending
Restart standby
judgement
4-way valve
changeover
A
Hot start
control
*1 Only for Trank Shaped : RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
SiBE28-804 Frequency Regulating Functions
4. Frequency Regulating Functions

4.1 Starting Frequency Control
Outline The inverter compressor will start up with a limited fixed frequency value for a specified period
of time in order to prevent liquid back to the compressor, and to limit the starting current.
General The normal starting control time is 2~3 minutes. The maximum starting frequency control time is
limited to 10 minutes.
During compressor start-up, a pressure difference will be build up in order to have sufficient
pressure difference for the 4-way valve to change over.
Graph
Hz
Normal control
A Hz
Step 1
ON ± 1 min 2~3 min time
1 phase
RZQ71C7V1B RZQ100~140C7V1B
RZQS71·100C7V1B RZQS125·140C7V1B
A Hz 79 Hz 112 Hz
Ending condition The starting control will be terminated when the low pressure value < 6 bar or when the
maximum starting time of 10 minutes has been reached in case the low pressure value stays >
6 bar.
Frequency Regulating Functions SiBE28-804
4.2 Starting Control

Starting control When compressor start up, the starting frequency is fixed for specified period of time at low
frequency to prevent returning of refrigerant.
RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7
Pressure Pressure Starting
equalizing equalizing control
start complete complete
Pressure equalizing
control before
compressor start Starting control
Compressor • RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7

Cooling or 118.5Hz
Heating(<25˚C) • RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7
65 pls 112Hz
Electronic
expansion valve Heating(>25˚C)
480 pls
8 Step ON
(Cooling Ta≤40˚C, Heating Ta>26˚C)
Outdoor unit fan

OFF
(Cooling Ta>40˚C, Heating Ta<26˚C)
L (Cooling)
Set fan speed (Cooling)
M
L
LL (Heating)
Indoor unit fan
(Heating)
(Thermostat OFF)
OFF
(Remote controller OFF)
10~120 sec.
4.3 General Frequency Control

Outline After the "Starting frequency control" function has been terminated, the ideal compressor
frequency will be determined by the "General frequency control".
General The compressor operation frequency is controlled in order to keep a constant evaporation
temperature in cooling and a constant condensing temperature in heating.
The frequency can be changed every 20 seconds.The maximum frequency change = 2 steps/
change. (= max 6 steps/min)
During abnormal situations (e.g. inverter current protection) the change per step is also = 2
steps/change, but the 20 seconds interval may be decreased, so a quicker change is possible.
Note When other control functions are activated (e.g. discharge pipe control), they can change the
compressor frequency using other inputs than the ones normally being used by the "General
frequency control" function.
Cooling In cooling, the target operation frequency will be determined by the indoor ∆t and the
evaporating temperature.
∆t cool = Remote controller set temperature - Indoor return air temperature.
Depending on the cooling load, the target evaporating temperature (Te) will be a value between
2°C ≤ Te ≤ 20°C.
Heating In heating, the target operation frequency will be determined by the indoor ∆t and the
condensing temperature.
∆t heat = Indoor return air temperature - Remote controller set temperature.
Depending on the heating load, the target condensing temperature (Tc) will be a value between
42°C ≤ Tc ≤ 54°C.
Frequency steps The operating frequency for the sky-air RZQ(S) inverter units will be a value chosen from a list
with fixed frequency settings that is programmed in the unit's memory:
Compressor operation frequency

Step No. RZQ71C7, RZQ100~140C7
RZQS71·100C7 RZQS125·140C7
1 48 Hz 32 Hz
2 52.5 Hz 36 Hz
3 57 Hz 41 Hz
4 61.5 Hz 44 Hz
5 66 Hz 48 Hz
6 72 Hz 52 Hz
7 78 Hz 57 Hz
8 85.5 Hz 62 Hz
9 93 Hz 67 Hz
10 100.5 Hz 72 Hz
11 109.5 Hz 78 Hz
12 118.5 Hz 84 Hz
13 127.5 Hz 90 Hz
14 136.5 Hz 94 Hz
15 145.5 Hz 98 Hz
16 154.5 Hz 102 Hz
17 163.5 Hz 107 Hz
18 174 Hz 112 Hz
19 183 Hz 117 Hz
20 192 Hz 123 Hz
21 201 Hz 131 Hz
22 211.5 Hz 139 Hz
23 222 Hz 147 Hz
24 232.5 Hz 155 Hz
25 243 Hz 164 Hz
26 253.5 Hz —
27 265.5 Hz —
: Maximum frequency in cooling

Maximum frequency in RZQ/RZQS71
4.4 Low Pressure Protection Control

In order to prevent abnormal low pressures in the system, the below control function will be
activated. Low pressure is detected by the low pressure sensor.
(When cooling operation) (When heating operation)
Normal operation Normal operation
• Within 10 minutes • Lp>0.15MPa

&
• OR after defrosting • 1 minute elapsed
• Lp>0.15MPa & • LPS activates contin-
& uous for 5 minutes.
Lp<0.12MPa • 30 sec elapsed
• Lp<0.12MPa
Compressor upper limit

frequency
57 Hz Copmressor upper Condition E
limit frequency
20 steps
• Lp<0.12MPa • Lp>0.15MPa
& • 10 seconds elapsed • 10 seconds elapsed
Compressor upper Condition E

limit frequency
10 steps
• Lp<0.12MPa
• 1 minute elapsed Lp>0.15MPa
Compressor upper Condition E

limit frequency
• Lp<0.12MPa 57 Hz
10 times or less • 5 minutes elapsed
stopping in 200 minutes
Compressor stop: 0 Hz
Stopped 11 times in 200 minutes
Malfunction stop (E4 indication)

• Within 5 minutes after starting
• OR • After 10 minutes after defrosting
Condition E* : &
• Lp > 0.15 Mpa 1 minute elapsed
RZQ100~140C7V1B

• Within 10 minutes after defrosting
& • Lp < 0.1 MPa continuous for 5 minutes
• Lp < 0.05 MPa
• Within 5 minutes after Lp > 0.25 MPa

Lp < 0.49 • Lp > 0.59 Mpa
& • 30 sec elapsed starting
MPa • OR • Within 10 minutes after Upper limit 128 Hz
& defrosting
Compressor upper limit Lp > 0.2 MPa
• Lp < 0.15 MPa
frequency
38 Hz Copmressor upper Condition E*
limit frequency
67 Hz
Lp < 0.1 MPa Lp > 0.15 MPa
Compressor upper Condition E*

limit frequency
38 Hz
Lp < 0.05 MPa

OR
Lp < 0.1 MPa continues
10 times or less for 5 minutes 10 times or less stopping
stopping in 200 minutes in 200 minutes
Compressor stop: O Hz
Stopped 11 times in 200 minutes

• Within 5 minutes after starting
• OR • After 10 minutes after defrosting
Condition E* : &
• Lp > 0.25 MPa
4.5 High Pressure Protection Control

Outline In order to prevent abnormal high pressures in the system and hence avoiding activation of the
high pressure safety device the below control function will be activated.
Details The high pressure value will be calculated from the low pressure, power input and compressor
frequency. In case of RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7, low pressure is a calculated value.
HPS opens at : 40 bar (tolerance: +0 / -0.15)
HPS closes at : 30 bar (tolerance : +/- 0.15)
Flow chart
• Hp < 3.24Mpa
Hp > (C) bar Hp < (G) bar Hp > (C) bar & • 30 sec elapsed
Compressor operation Compressor operation
frequency –1 step/10 sec frequency +1 step/1 min Compressor operation
frequency B Hz
Hp > (D) bar Hp < (H) bar 15 times or
• Hp > (I) bar less stop-
Compressor operation Compressor operation OR
• HPS activates ping in 300
frequency A Hz frequency +1 step/5 min minutes
Compressor stop
• HPS activates Hp < (F) bar
& • HPS activates
OR • Hp > (E) bar for
• Stopped 16 times in
1 minute 300 minutes
Compressor stop Malfunction stop (E3 indication)
• HPS activates
OR • Stopped 16 times
in 300 minutes
Parameters
RZQ71C7, RZQ100~140C7,
A Hz 118.5 Hz 62 Hz
B Hz 93 Hz 62 Hz
C bar 32.2 bar 36.8 bar
D bar 33.2 bar 37.7 bar
E bar 39.2 bar 39.2 bar
F bar 31.8 bar 36.3 bar
G bar 29.4 bar 34.3 bar
H bar 30.8 bar 35.8 bar
I bar 39.2 bar 39.2 bar
As the bearing resistance limit pressure decreases during slow operation of the compressor, the
lower limit of frequency is restricted.
[In cooling/heating operation]
Hp ≥ 3.04MPa Compressor frequency lower limit
Normal operation 48Hz (RZQ71, RZQS71·100)
Hp ≤ 2.84MPa 61.5Hz (RZQ100~140, RZQS125·140)
After 30 seconds
4.6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

Outline The compressor operating frequency will be controlled in order to avoid abnormal high
compressor temperatures (see also expansion valve control).
Flow chart
Normal operation
• Td < A°C
OR • Upper limit frequency
Td > B°C • & = Maximum frequency
• Td < B°C
Compressor upper limit frequency Compressor upper limit frequency

–1 step/20 sec +1 step/1 min
• Td ≥ C°C
• & continues for 5 minutes Td ≤ B°C OR
• Td < A°C
OR • 300 sec
• Td > D°C • & • Td ≤ B°C
• 5 min elapsed
Compressor upper limit frequency
H Hz
• Td ≥ E°C continues
OR for G minutes
• Td ≥ F°C
10 times or less stopping in 200 minutes
Compressor stop
Stopped 11 times
in 200 minutes
Malfunction stop (F3 indication)
Parameters
RZQ71C7, RZQ100~140C7,
A°C 100°C 100°C
B°C 105°C 105°C
C°C 110°C 110°C
D°C 120°C 120°C
E°C 110°C 115°C
F°C 125°C 135°C
Gmin 15min 10min
H Hz 118.5Hz 62Hz
Td = Discharge pipe temperature
4.7 Suction Pipe Superheat Protection Control (Heating

Mode)
Outline In case the suction superheat value in heating mode is too high, the oil return to the compressor
will be insufficient. In order to avoid that the compressor oil will be accumulated in the outdoor
unit heat exchanger, the upper limit frequency will be decreased.
Flow chart
• Suction SH > 12°C Normal operation

OR • Suction SH > 10°C
& • EV opening degree = 480pls
• Suction SH < 6°C
OR
• Suction SH < 6°C • & • Upper limit frequency = Maximum frequency
•OR • Suction SH < 8°C
• Suction SH < 10°C
• Suction SH < 8°C • & • EV opening degree < 450 pls
OR • Suction SH < 10°C

& • EV opening degree < 450pls
Lowering upper limit Raising upper limit

frequency for 1-step frequency for 1-step
every 20 seconds • Suction SH > 12°C every 20 seconds
OR
• Suction SH > 10°C
&
• EV opening degree = 480pls
4.8 Inverter Current Protection Control

4.8.1 Control by inverter fin temperature
Restricts compressor operation upper limit frequency to prevent compressor from tripping due
to inverter fin temperature.
Inverter fin temperature ≥ A˚C
Normal operation Compressor frequency
–1 step/6 sec
Compressor frequency
Inverter upper limit frequency +1 step/2 min Fin temperature ≤ B˚C
= Maximum frequency lasts for 2 minutes
RZQ71C7, RZQ100~140C7,
A 80 84
B 84 81
4.8.2 Inverter current protection control

Restricts compressor operation frequency to prevent compressor from tripping due to inverter
overcurrent.
Inverter current Normal operation Inverter upper limit frequency

>Stepping down current = Maximum frequency
Compressor frequency Compressor frequency
–1 step/6 sec +1 step/2 min
The condition of Inverter current<Stepping down

current continues for 2 minutes
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature

(liquid)≥Indoor heat exchanger
& temperature
(liquid)≥25˚C
Stepping-down Stepping-down
current QA current PA
(liquid)<Indoor heat exchanger
OR temperature
(liquid)<25˚C
RZQ71C7, RZQ100~140C7,
PA 16.5 A 20 A
QA 16.5 A 20 A
4.9 Protection Control by Overall Current

Monitors the overall current and restricts the upper limit compressor operating frequency to
prevent circuit breakers from exceeding the rated capacity.
Normal operation Outdoor unit current ≤ upper limit

current value
Outdoor unit current & Upper limit compressor operating
>upper limit current value frequency = Maximum frequency
Outdoor unit current ≤ upper
Upper limit compressor operating frequency limit current value Upper limit compressor operating frequency
–1 step/E sec. +1 step/2 min
Outdoor unit current>upper
limit current value
Upper limit current (A)

Takes the following values depending on the outside temperature.
Also varies depending on model.
Overall current
(A)
Current A
Current B
Current C
Current D
25 28 Outdoor air temp. (˚C) 43 50 Ta
RZQ71C7, RZQ100~140C7,
RZQS100C7V1B
RZQS71 RZQS125·140C7V1B
A 16.5 A 18.0 A 24.0 A
B 16.5 A 18.0 A 24.0 A
C 13.4 A 19.0 A 23.0 A
D 10.0 A 13.3 A 16.0 A
E 10 (sec.) 10 (sec.) 10 (sec.)
4.10 Inverter Cooling Fin Temperature Control

Outline This control will restrict the compressor upper limit frequency in order to protect the electronic
components in the switch box from overheating (L4-error activation).
By lowering the compressor frequency, the current drawn by the compressor will be reduced
and as a result the temperature inside the switch box will drop.
Flow chart
Inverter fin temperature ≥ A°C
Normal operation Compressor frequency
–1 step/6 sec
Inverter upper limit frequency –1 step/2 min Fin Temperature
= Maximum frequency ≤ B°C lasts for 2 minutes
Parameters
RZQ71C7, RZQ100~140C7,
A°C 82°C 83°C
B°C 79°C 80°C
4.11 Pressure Difference Control

Outline To ensure the compression ratio (pressure difference between high and low pressure) at low
outdoor temperature conditions in cooling mode and high outdoor temperature conditions in
heating mode, the outdoor fan and target compressor frequency may be varied.
Cooling In cooling low ambient conditions, the outdoor fan speed and compressor frequency will be
adapted to secure the differential pressure between high and low pressure.
Fan control in C Series : RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7V1B

cooling Normal control
Upper limit (step 8)
Ta > 27°C
HP < 19 bar
Ta < 25°C
& OR
OR ∆P < 9.3bar HP < 29 bar
Compression ratio < 2.1 & ∆P > 11bar
Compression ratio > 2.4

Condition A Condition A Condition B Condition B
90 seconds have passed
HP < 16 bar Upper limit (step 7) 90 seconds have passed
& HP > 23bar
∆P < 8bar Condition A Condition B
OR Compression ratio ≤ 1.8 &
OR
∆P > 10bar
Upper limit (step 6) & Compression
ratio >2.2
Condition A Condition B

Upper limit (step4)



TFin < 66°C Upper limit (step 1)

90 seconds have passed HP > 17 bar
HP < 16 bar Tfin ≥ 81 °C
&
OR ∆P > 9bar
Compression
OR ∆P < 8bar
&
ratio > 2.0
Compression ratio < 1.8 Upper limit (step 0)
= Outdoor fan OFF
Frequency RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B

restriction in
cooling Normal control
Used indoor unit 71 100
Wall mounted indoor 163.5Hz 222Hz
Upper limit
frequency Other than wall mounted
indoor 232.5Hz 265.5Hz
Lower limit
frequency — 57Hz 57Hz
Ta ≤ 20°C Ta ≥ 21°C
71 100
Upper limit
frequency 232.5Hz 265.5Hz
Lower limit
frequency 57Hz 57Hz
Ta ≤ -8°C Ta ≥ -7°C
71 100
Upper limit
frequency 93Hz 93Hz
Lower limit 93Hz
frequency 78Hz
72Hz
RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
Normal control
Used indoor unit 100 125/140
Wall mounted indoor 134Hz 139Hz
Upper limit
frequency Other than wall mounted
indoor 177Hz 164Hz
Lower limit
frequency — 32Hz
Ta ≤ 20°C Ta ≥ 21°C
100 125/140
Upper limit
frequency 134Hz 139Hz
Lower limit
frequency 52Hz 72Hz
Ta ≤ -8°C Ta ≥ -7°C
100 125/140
Upper limit
frequency 134Hz 139Hz
Lower limit
frequency 62Hz 72Hz
Heating High outdoor ambient (overload conditions):
In heating overload conditions, the outdoor fan speed will be adapted to secure the differential
pressure between high and low pressure.
RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
•Hp-Lp > 0.69MPa
•& •HP < 3.24 MPa
•Outdoor unit fan = 8 step
•OR
•Hp-Lp > 1.08MPa
•& •Hp < 3.24MPa

Normal operation •&
•OR •Outdoor unit fan = 8 step
OR
•Hp-Lp < 0.39MPa •HP < 2.75MPa
OR •Hp-Lp > 0.59MPa
•Hp > 3.43MPa
•Hp < 3.33MPa •LP<0.12MP
Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit fan

–1 step/30 sec +1 step/30 sec
RZQ71C7, RZQ71·100C7V1B
•Hp-Lp > 0.69MPa
•& •Hp < 2.94MPa
•Hp-Lp > 1.08MPa
•& •Hp < 2.94MPa
Normal operation •&
OR
•Hp-Lp < 0.39MPa •Hp-Lp > 0.59MPa •HP < 2.45MPa
OR &
•Hp > 3.14MPa •Hp < 3.04MPa •LP<0.12MP
Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit fan

–1 step/30 sec +1 step/30 sec
Only the fan speed will be adapted in heating overload conditions.

No adjustments to the compressor frequency will be made.
4.12 Oil Recovery Operation

Outline When the compressor operates for a certain period of time at low frequency, the oil level in the
compressor may become low due to incomplete oil return.To prevent damage to the
compressor and in worst case avoid compressor lock, an oil recovery operation will be
conducted.
Details During the oil recovery operation, the operation frequency of the compressor will be increased
for a time period of 5 minutes.Oil recovery operation is only executed in cooling mode.In heating
mode, oil return to the compressor is guaranteed by the defrost operation.
Expansion Valve Regulating Functions SiBE28-804
5. Expansion Valve Regulating Functions

5.1 Expansion Valve Control at Startup
Outline Before going to the general expansion valve control, the expansion valve opening will be limited
in order to avoid the risk of liquid back and allow quick build up of pressure difference.
Details During startup, the opening degree is determined by both the compressor frequency & the
suction superheat. During startup, it is not possible to use only the value of the suction
superheat because the operation is not stable yet. As a consequence also the SH value will not
be stable.
Graph RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7V1B

Pressure Pressure Starting
equalizing equalizing control
start complete complete
Pressure equalizing
control before Starting
compressor start control
112Hz
Compressor
Cooling or
Heating(<25˚ C)
65 pls
Electronic
Heating(>25˚ C)
expansion valve
480 pls
Expansion valve On RZQ71, RZQS71·100 units (using double swing compressor) the expansion valve will be
opening during fully opened (to 480 pulses) for pressure equalisation before compressor start-up. Just before
pressure compressor start up, the expansion valve opening will be set to 65 pulses, same as for the
equalization RZQ100~140 class.
Ending condition The starting control will be terminated when the low pressure value < 6 bar or when the
maximum starting time of 10 minutes has been reached in case the low pressure value stays >
6 bar.
SiBE28-804 Expansion Valve Regulating Functions
5.2 General Expansion Valve Control

Outline After the start up control function has been terminated the general expansion valve control
function will regulate the expansion valve opening in function of the target suction SH value.
The discharge SH value will be used to set the target SH value.
The measured suction SH value will be used to control the opening of the expansion to the
target SH value.
Details When the unit is in cooling or heating operation the opening of the expansion valve will be
controlled in order to keep the amount of superheat at the evaporator outlet constant. This way
the evaporator can be used at maximum efficiency under all conditions. The initial target heat
exchanger outlet superheat value = 5°C.
The target heat exchanger outlet superheat value can be increased in case the discharge
superheat value decreases.
The target heat exchanger outlet superheat value can be decreased in case the discharge
superheat value increases.
Control During normal control 2 situations can decide on the expansion valve opening degree:
1. Target superheat amount:
When the target heat exchanger outlet superheat > actual heat exchanger
outlet superheat --> the expansion valve will close.
When the target heat exchanger outlet superheat < actual heat exchanger
outlet superheat --> the expansion valve will open.
The superheat amount is checked every 10 seconds.
2. Frequency change: At the time of compressor frequency change, the expansion valve
opening will be changed with a fixed value. This value will be in function of the amount of
compressor frequency change.
Calculations The heat exchanger outlet superheat value is calculated from the saturated suction temperature
RZQ71, Te(using LP sensor) and the suction pipe temperature R4T : SH = R4T-Te
RZQS71·100
The discharge superheat value is calculated from the saturated discharge temperature Td (HP
value calculated out of PI, frequency and LP) and the discharge pipe temperature R3T : SH =
R3T-Td
Calculations The heat exchanger outlet superheat value is calculated from the saturated suction temperature
RZQ100~140, Te(using indoor coil sensor in cooling, outdoor coil sensor in heating) and the suction pipe
RZQS125·140 temperature R4T : SH = R4T-Te
The discharge superheat value is calculated from the saturated discharge temperature Td (HP
value calculated out of PI, frequency and Te) or Tc and the discharge pipe temperature R3T :
SH = R3T-Td or R3T or SH = R3T-Tc (whichever is the lowest)
Expansion Valve Regulating Functions SiBE28-804
5.3 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control

Outline The expansion valve opening will be controlled in order to avoid abnormal high compressor
discharge temperatures (see also compressor operating frequency control).
Details RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7V1B
Normal control
Td>95˚C Td<80˚C
Electronic expansion valve opening Td<90˚C Electronic expansion valve opening
degree lower limit degree lower limit
+5 pulses/Cooling for 2 minutes & -5 pulses/Cooling for 2 minutes &
heating for 1 minute heating for 1 minute
Td>100˚C
Electronic expansion valve opening
degree lower limit
+10 pulses/Cooling for 2 minutes &
heating for 1 minute Td: Compressor discharge pipe temperature (˚C)
SiBE28-804 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control
6. Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control

6.1 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control
Fan speed The outdoor fan speed will be controlled in function of the actual outdoor ambient temperature,
control the condensation pressure, pressure difference between low and high pressure and
compression ratio.
For details please refer to "Pressure Difference Control".
Fan step table

RZQ71C7, Cooling Heating
RZQS71·100C7V1B RZQ71 RZQ71
Step RZQS100 RZQS100
RZQS71 RZQS71
0 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
1 200 rpm 200 rpm 200 rpm 200 rpm
2 250 rpm 250 rpm 250 rpm 250 rpm
3 300 rpm 300 rpm 300 rpm 300 rpm
4 360 rpm 360 rpm 360 rpm 360 rpm
5 430 rpm 430 rpm 430 rpm 430 rpm
6 515 rpm 515 rpm 515 rpm 515 rpm
7 620 rpm 620 rpm 620 rpm 620 rpm
8 830 rpm 920 rpm 745 rpm 950 rpm
Fan step table

RZQ100~140C7, Cooling Heating
RZQS125·140C7V1B Step M1F M2F M1F M2F
2 400 rpm 0 rpm 285 rpm 250 rpm
3 285 rpm 250 rpm 335 rpm 300 rpm
4 360 rpm 325 rpm 395 rpm 360 rpm
5 445 rpm 410 rpm 470 rpm 435 rpm
6 545 rpm 510 rpm 560 rpm 525 rpm
7 660 rpm 625 rpm 660 rpm 625 rpm
8 850 rpm 815 rpm 842 rpm 807 rpm
Note: Refer to "Pressure Difference Control" on P75

Refer to "Defrost Operation" on P47
Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control SiBE28-804
SiBE28-804
Part 5
Test Operation
1. Test Operation ......................................................................................84

1.1 Test Run Checks....................................................................................84
1.2 Setting the Wireless Remote Controller .................................................85
2. Field Settings ........................................................................................89
the Wired Remote Controller..................................................................89
the Wireless Remote Controller .............................................................91
2.3 Overview of the Field Settings on the Indoor Units ................................92
2.4 Overview of the Factory Settings on the Indoor Units ............................93
2.5 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using Two Remote Controllers ......................94
2.6 Setting the Centralized Group No. .........................................................95
2.7 The Field Setting Levels.........................................................................96
2.8 Overview of the Field Settings on the Outdoor Units .............................99
2.9 Overview of the Factory Settings on the Outdoor Units .........................99
2.10 Existence of DIP Switch and BS Button ...............................................100
2.11 Quiet (Low Noise) Operation................................................................106
2.12 I-Demand Function...............................................................................108
2.13 Setting for Low Humidity Application....................................................110
2.14 Defrost Start Setting .............................................................................115
3. Test Run and Operation Data .............................................................116
3.1 General Operation Data .......................................................................116
3.2 Operation Range ..................................................................................119
Test Operation 83
Test Operation SiBE28-804
1. Test Operation
1.1 Test Run Checks
1.1.1 Checks before Test Run
Before carrying out a test run, proceed as follows:
Step Action
1 Make sure the voltage at the primary side of the safety breaker is:
230 V ± 10% for 1-phase units
400 V ± 10% for 3-phase units
2 Fully open the liquid and the gas stop valve.
1.1.2 Test Run Checks

To carry out a test run, check the following:
Check that the temperature setting of the remote controller is at the lowest level in cooling
mode or use test mode.
Go through the following checklist:
Checkpoints Cautions or warnings
Are all units securely installed? Dangerous for turning over during
storm.
Possible damage to pipe connections.
Is the earth wire installed according to the applicable Dangerous if electric leakage occurs.
local standard?
Are all air inlets and outlets of the indoor and outdoor Poor cooling.
units unobstructed? Poor heating.
Does the drain flow out smoothly? Water leakage.
Is piping adequately heat-insulated? Water leakage.
Have the connections been checked for gas leakage? Poor cooling.
Poor heating.
Stop.
Is the supply voltage conform to the specifications on the Incorrect operation.
name plate?
Are the cable sizes as specified and according to local Damage of cables.
regulations?
Are the remote controller signals received by the unit? No operation.
84 Test Operation
SiBE28-804 Test Operation
1.2 Setting the Wireless Remote Controller

Introduction To set the wireless remote controller, you have to set the address for:
The receiver of the wireless remote controller
The wireless remote controller.
Setting the The address for the receiver of the wireless remote controller is factory set to 1. To change this
address for the setting, proceed as follows:
receiver Step Action
1 Turn OFF the power.
2 Remove the sealing pad on the top of the receiver.
Sealing pad
S
M
3
2
1 SS
1
Small opening
SS
2
Receiver
3 Set the wireless address switch (SS2) according to the table below. You can find the
wireless address switch attached on the PCB of the receiver and it is visible through the
small opening on the back of the receiver.
Unit No. No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
SS2
4 If you use a wired and a wireless remote controller for one indoor unit, proceed as
follows:
1. Set the wired remote controller to MAIN: On the remote controller.
2. Set the wireless remote controller to SUB: On the receiver with the MAIN/SUB switch
(SS1).
MAIN/SUB MAIN SUB
SS1 S S
M M
5 Seal off the opening of the address switch and the MAIN/SUB switch with the attached
sealing pad.
Sealing pad
S
M
3
2
1 SS
1
Small opening
SS
2
Receiver
6 Make sure to also change the address on the remote controller.
Test Operation 85
Setting the The address for the wireless remote controller is factory set to 1. To change this setting,
address for the proceed as follows:
wireless remote Step Action
controller 1 Hold down the FILTER RESET button and the TEST button for at least 4 s, to go to field
set mode. The display indicates the field set mode.
FILTER RESET
TEST
2 Press the FAN button to select a multiple setting (A/b), see ‘Multiple settings A/b’ further
in this section. Each time you press the button, the display switches between “A” and
“b”.
FAN
86 Test Operation
SiBE28-804 Test Operation
Step Action
3 Press the UP and DOWN buttons to set the address. Set the same address as the
receiver (1, 2 or 3). The receiver does not work with addresses 4, 5 and 6.
UP
DOWN
4 Press the RESERVE button to confirm the setting.
RESERVE
Test Operation 87
Step Action
5 Press the TEST button to quit the field set mode and return to the normal display.
ON / OFF
TEMP
TIME
˚C
UP
DOWN
FAN
RESERVE CANCEL
TIMER
MODE
SWING
/TEST
TEST
Multiple settings When an outside control (central remote controller...) controls an indoor unit, sometimes the
A/b indoor unit does not respond to ON/OFF and temperature settings commands from this
controller.
Remote controller Indoor unit
Control of other air
Setting Remote controller display conditioners and units No other control
A: Standard All items are displayed. Commands other than ON/OFF

and temperature setting
accepted. (1 long beep or 3
short beeps emitted)
b: Multi Only one item is displayed. This All commands accepted (2 short beeps)
System item is only shown for a few
seconds.
88 Test Operation
SiBE28-804 Field Settings
2. Field Settings
2.1 How to Change the Field Settings with the Wired Remote
Controller
Installation The field settings have to be changed with the remote controller according to the installation
conditions conditions.
Wired remote The illustration below shows the wired remote controller.
controller 3 6 23 7 8 9 2 1
(BRC1D527)
10
4 11
12
14 22
17
25
16 13 15 18 19 20 21 5 24
29 33
26 35
27 36
37
28 30 31 32 34
Components The table below contains the components of the wired remote controller.
No. Component No. Component
1 ON/OFF button 20 Air flow direction icon
2 Operation lamp 21 Not available
3 Operation mode icon 22 Fan speed icon
4 Ventilation mode icon 23 Defrost/hotstart mode icon
5 Ventilation icon 24 Air filter cleaning time icon
6 Air cleaning icon 25 Element cleaning time icon
7 Leave home icon 26 Ventilation mode button
8 External control icon 27 Ventilation amount button
9 Change-over under centralised control icon 28 Inspection/test operation button
10 Day of the week indicator 29 Programming button
11 Clock display 30 Schedule timer button
12 Maximum set temperature 31 Time adjust button
13 Minimum set temperature 32 Temperature adjust buttons
14 Schedule timer icon 33 Operation change/ button
15 Action icons 34 Setpoint/limit button
16 Off icon 35 Fan speed button
17 Inspection required 36 Air flow direction adjust button
18 Set temperature display 37 Air filter cleaning time icon reset
19 Setting
Test Operation 89
Field Settings SiBE28-804
Setting To set the field settings, you have to change:

“Mode No.”
“First code No.”
“Second code No.”.
To change the field settings, proceed as follows:

Step Action
1 Hold down the INSPECTION/TEST button for at least 4 s during normal mode to enter
the “Field setting mode”.
2 Press the TEMPERATURE CONTROL button until the desired “Mode No.” appears.
3 If the indoor unit is under group control, all settings for all the indoor units are set at
the same time. Use the codes 10 to 15 to apply this group control and proceed to the
next step.
If you want to set the indoor units of one group individually or if you want to read out
the last settings, use the codes 20 to 25 which are displayed in brackets. Press the
TIMER SELECTION button to select the “Indoor unit No.” for which you want to adjust
the field settings.
4 Press the upper part of the PROGRAMMING TIME button to select the “First code No.”.
5 Press the lower part of the PROGRAMMING TIME button to select the “Second code
No.”.
6 Press the CONFIRMATION button to confirm the changed setting.
7 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to return to “Normal mode”.
90 Test Operation
2.2 How to Change the Field Settings with the Wireless

Remote Controller
Optional If optional accessories are mounted on the indoor unit, the indoor unit setting may have to be
accessories changed.
Refer to OH08-1 or the installation manual (optional handbook) for each optional accessory.
Wireless remote The illustration below shows the wireless remote controller.
controller
UP button
Mode No.
Field setting mode DOWN button
RESERVE button
First code No.
MODE button
Second code No.
INSPECTION/TEST button
Setting To set the field settings, you have to change:

“Mode No.”
“First code No.”
“Second code No.”.
To change the field settings, proceed as follows:

Step Action
2 Press the MODE button to select the desired “Mode No.”.
3 Press the UP button to select the “First code No.”.
4 Press the DOWN button to select the “Second code No.”
5 Press the RESERVE button to set the present settings.
6 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to return to the “Normal mode”.
Test Operation 91
2.3 Overview of the Field Settings on the Indoor Units

Field settings The table below contains the possible field settings of all indoor units.
Mode First Second code No.

Description of the setting
No. code No. 01 02 03 04
10 (20) 0 Filter counter Light heavy — —
contamination contamination
1 Filter type Long Super long External Oil mist
2 Remote thermistor of the TH1 = rem. TH1 = air — —
remote controller controller return
3 Filter display Filter indic. No filter indic. — —
11 (21) 0 Number indoor to 1 outdoor Pair Twin Triple Double twin
1 Unified or indiv. set twin Group setting Indiv. setting — —
2 Fan OFF at thermostat OFF LL-speed OFF — —
7 Airflow automatic adjustment OFF Completion of Start of Airflow —
Airflow Adjustment
Adjustment
12 (22) 0 KRP1B51/52/53 X1/X2 output Thermostat Option Operation Malfunction
ON
1 EKRORO Forced OFF ON/OFF — —
operation
3 Fan speed heating thermostat LL-speed Set speed — —
OFF
5 Automatic restart Disabled Enabled — —
13 (23) 0 Ceiling height setting Normal High Extra high —
≤ 2.7 m >2.7≤3.0 m >3.0≤3.5 m —
1 Selection of air flow direction 4-way flow 3-way flow 2-way flow —
(setting for when a blocking
pad kit has been inst alled).
3 Horizontal discharge grill Enabled Disabled — —
4 Air flow direction adjust range Draft Standard Ceil soil —
setting prevention prevention
5 Field fan speed changeover air Standard Option 1 Option 2 —
outlet (domestic only)
6 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
External static pressure
50pa 60pa 90pa 80pa 90pa 100pa 110pa 120pa 130pa 140pa 150pa 160pa 180pa 200pa
14 (24) 0 Additional timer to guard timer 0s 5s 10 s 15 s

1b 0 Permission level setting Level 2 Level 3 — —
(Only in
case of 1 Leave home function Not Permitted — —
BRC1D52) permitted
2 Thermostat sensor in remote Use Not use — —
controller (for limit operation
and leave home function only)
92 Test Operation
2.4 Overview of the Factory Settings on the Indoor Units

Factory settings The table below contains the factory settings of all indoor units
Mode First Second code No.

No. code No.
FCQ(H) FFQ FBQ FAQ FDQ FUQ FHQ FVQ
10 (20) 0 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
1 01 01 01 — 02 01 — 01
2 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
3 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
11 (21) 0 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
1 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
2 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
7 — — 01 — — — — —
12 (22) 0 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
3 01 01 01 — — — — 01
13 (23) 0 01 — — 01 — 01 01 —
1 01 01 — — — — — —
3 — — — — — — — 01
4 02 02 — — — — — 02
5 01 01 — 01 — 01 01 —
6 — — 01 — — — — —
14 (24) 0 01 01 01 — 01 01 01 01
Test Operation 93
2.5 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using Two Remote Controllers

Situation The MAIN/SUB setting is necessary when one indoor unit is controlled by two remote
controllers. When you use two remote controllers (control panel and separate remote
controller), set one to MAIN and the other to SUB. You can do this by setting the switch on the
remote controller’s PCB.
Setting The remote controllers are factory set to MAIN, so you only have to change one remote
controller from MAIN to SUB. To change a remote controller from MAIN to SUB, proceed as
follows:
Step Action
1 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the recess between the upper and lower part of the
remote controller, as shown in the illustration below. Gently pry off the upper part of the
controller, working from the two possible positions.
Upper part of the

remote controller
Lower part of the

remote controller
2 Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on the PCB to “S”.

The switch is set to
M MAIN (factory setting)
S
M
Set the switch to SUB.
S
94 Test Operation
2.6 Setting the Centralized Group No.

When? If you want to carry out centralized control with a central remote controller and a unified ON/OFF
controller, you have to set the group No. for each group with the remote controller.
Wired remote The illustration below shows the wired remote controller.
controller
Mode N˚
UNIT No.
Unit N˚
First Code N˚ GROUP
Second Code N˚ SETTING Field set mode
1
7
6 5 2
Setting To set the “Centralized group No.”, proceed as follows:

Step Action
1 Switch ON the power supply of the central remote controller, the unified ON/OFF
controller and the indoor unit(s).
3 Press the TEMPERATURE CONTROL button until “Mode No.” “00” appears.
4 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to inspect the group No. display.
5 Set the “Group No.” for each group by pressing the PROGRAMMING TIME button.
The “Group No.” rises in the order of 1—00, 1—01, ..., 1—15, 2—00, ..., 2—15, 3—00,
etc.
The unified ON/OFF controller however displays only the range of group numbers
selected by the switch for setting each address.
6 Press the CONFIRMATION button to enter the selected group No.
7 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to return to normal mode.
Individually If the address must be set individually for each unit, set the “Mode No.” to “30 ”. For example, for
address setting power consumption counting.
Test Operation 95
2.7 The Field Setting Levels

Introduction The three field setting levels are:
Inspection level
Monitoring level
Maintenance mode settings.
The inspection The inspection level is the highest level of the three field setting levels. You can change the
level views in the inspection level by pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button.
The flow chart below explains the different windows of the inspection level.
Normal display
Push INSPECTION/TEST button
Last occurred
malfunction
Push See possible

Indoor model and
INSPECTION/TEST system settings.
size
button
System
Test
96 Test Operation
Possible system The table below contains the possible system settings, which are displayed on the remote
settings controller if the TEST button is pushed twice shortly.
Size Type
Settings Display Settings Display
35 35 FCQ-C 5FA
45 45 FHQ 5HJ
60 63 FAQ 5AL
71 71 FFQ 56J
100 100 FBQ 5JJ
125 125 FUQ 53J
140 140 FDQ 5JJ
200 200 FVQ 51
250 250 – –
Changing the To enter the monitoring level and to change the maintenance mode settings, proceed as
mode settings follows:
Step Action
1 Hold down the INSPECTION/TEST button for at least 4 s to enter the field setting mode.
2 Hold down the INSPECTION/TEST button for at least 4 s to enter the maintenance
mode.
3 Press the TEMPERATURE CONTROL buttons as many times as needed to select the
mode No. you want.
4 Press the TIMER SELECTION button as many times as needed to select the unit No.
you want.
5 Carry out the settings for modes 44 and 45. See “Maintenance Mode Settings” further
in this section.
6 Press the CONFIRMATION button to confirm the settings of modes 44 and 45.
7 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to return to the normal operating mode.
Test Operation 97
Maintenance The table below describes the maintenance mode settings.

Mode Settings Example of the remote
Mode No. Function Content and operation method controller display
Display malfunction history
Past error code
Unit No.
History error The history No. can be changed
40 CODE
codes with the programming time SETTING
0: Newest
button. Malfunction
history
-
2: Oldest
* “00” displayed for 3 and subsequent
Select the display thermistor with

the programming time button.
Thermistor
Thermistor data Thermistor: Temperature

41 display 0. Remote control thermistor Unit No.
1. Suction thermistor
2. Heat exchanger thermistor. SETTING
Unit No.
Turns the fan ON for each unit
43 Forced fan ON individually.
SETTING
Sets fan speed and air flow

direction for each unit individually
when using group control. Fan 1: Low
speed 3: High
Individual Settings are made using the “air
44 Air flow direction
setting flow direction adjust” and “fan Unit No.
speed adjust” buttons.
Confirmation by the confirmation
SETTING
button is required. CODE
Changes unit No.

Field set No
Set the unit No. after changing

45 Unit No. change with the programming time No after change
buttons. Unit No.
Confirmation by the confirmation
button is required.
SETTING
CODE
98 Test Operation
2.8 Overview of the Field Settings on the Outdoor Units

Remote The table below contains the remote controller settings.
controller
settings
Mode N° First Description Second n° Details

code
01 02 03 04 05
16 (26) 0 Night time low Disabled Automatic Capacity Automatic — Refer to

noise operation (Factory low noise preceding low noise + P106.
setting) activation setting capacity
(when preceding
using
KRP58
option)
1 Automatic low — — 22h00 ~ 22h00 ~ 20h00 ~ Refer to

noise start and 06h00 08h00 08h00 P106.
stop time (Factory)
2 EDP room Disabled — EDP room EDP room — Refer to

setting (Factory setting setting + P110.
setting) no freeze
up
3 Defrost starting Standard Defrost Defrost — — Refer to

setting (Factory slow quick P115.
setting) starting starting
setting setting
Jumpers The table below contains the jumper field settings.
Jumper Label on PCB Function Details
JX5 JX5 Set as cooling only, For RZQ71C7V1B, For RZQ100~140C7V1B,

RZQS71·100C7V1B RZQS125·140C7V1B,
use the other PC board set as
Cooling Only (no JX5)
Location on PCB A1P: see drawing on next page.
2.9 Overview of the Factory Settings on the Outdoor Units

Factory settings The table below contains the factory settings of all outdoor units
All outdoor units
26 0 01
1 04
2 01
3 01
Test Operation 99
2.10 Existence of DIP Switch and BS Button

2.10.1 RZQ71~140C7V1B, RZQS71~140C7V1B
Various settings are available by using the DIP switches and the BS buttons on the Printed-
Circuit Board (Display PC board: A2P).
Display Lamp
COOL
ON
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Display PC board
(A2P)
MODE TEST HWL L.N.O.P DEMAND
EMG DS1
ON
EC0542
X205A
Dip Switch
1 2
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
OFF
HEAT
1 2
MODE SET RETURN PUMPDOWN
BS Button
Display
Function or Operating Procedure
Mark Name
During "Setting mode 1," the lamp is During "Monitor mode," the lamp
H1P MODE OFF (1). blinks (9).
During test operation in "Setting
H2P TEST mode 1," the lamp is ON (8).
During "Monitor mode," the lamp is
When a malfunction occurs during OFF (1).
H3P HWL "Setting mode 1," the lamp turns ON
(8).
Display
Lamp H4P During "Setting mode 1," low noise During "Monitor mode," various
L.N.O.P combinations of the lamp indicate
H5P level is displayed.
the following conditions:
H6P • Indication of oil return operation
• Indication of outdoor unit class
During "Setting mode 1," demand • Indication of malfunction code (the
DEMAND
H7P level is displayed. latest and up to 2 cycles before)
• Indication of causes of stepping-
down
BS1 MODE Used to change "Setting mode".
BS2 SET Used to change "Setting item" and "Setting condition".
BS
Button BS3 RETURN Used to decide "Setting item" and "Setting condition".
Used for pump down operation, forced oil return operation and forced
BS4 PUMP DOWN defrost operation.
ON
DS1-1 Switch from "OFF" to "ON" for emergency operation (forced operation).
Dip OFF(∗)
EMERGENCY
Switch COOL In case of heating in emergency operation, maintain "HEAT" and in case of
DS1-2
HEAT(∗) cooling in emergency operation, switch to "COOL".
∗Factory settings: "OFF" and "HEAT"
Notes: BS button (Pump down / Forced defrosting)

Pressing the BS button forcibly operates the air conditioner in the cooling mode.
1. To conduct a pump-down operation (sending refrigerant to outdoor unit), press the BS
button to forcibly operate the equipment in the cooling mode, then operate the unit for about
1 minute to stabilize the system. After stabilizing system, close the liquid pipe stop valve on
the outdoor unit, and after the pressure decreases and the low pressure sensor activates,
close the gas pipe stop valve.
2. Forced defrost
To activate the defrost operation during the heating operation, press the BS button. This will
activate the forced defrost operation (cooling operation).
When the defrost cancel conditions are met, the equipment automatically switches off the
defrost operation.
100 Test Operation

Setting by BS buttons
With "Setting mode 1," "Setting mode 2" and "Monitor mode," various settings and data can be
checked.
Setting mode 1
The initial status (normal operation) is "Setting mode 1." This mode indicates operating status -
"TEST (test operation)," "HWL (malfunction)," "L.N.O.P (low noise operation)" or "DEMAND
(demand operation)."
Setting mode 2
Each operating status can be modified.
Monitor mode
This mode indicates "oil return operation," "outdoor unit class," "contents of retry," "contents of
malfunction," "causes of stepping-down operation," etc.
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Push and hold the BS1 (Normal) Push the BS1(MODE button)
(MODE button) for 5 seconds. one time.
Setting mode 2 Setting mode 1 Monitor mode
MODE Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. MODE MODE
On Off Blinking
H1P H1P H1P

(V2761)
a. “Setting mode 1”
Using this mode, the following conditions can be checked:
• Current operating condition (normal/test operation/line inspection and normal/malfunction)
• Low noise operating condition (normal/low noise level setting)
• Demand operating condition (normal/demand level 1, 2 and 3)
These conditions above can be checked by performing the following steps:
Procedure for checking check items

MODE TEST HWL L.N.O.P DEMAND 8: ON 9: OFF 7: BLINK
The system is normally set to "Setting
mode 1". H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Should the system be set to any 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
mode other than that, push the
MODE (BS1) button to set the During "Setting mode 1," the lamp is always OFF.
system to "Setting mode 1".
Test operation display
7In normal operation 8In test operation
9In line inspection operation
Check the system for each condition
Malfunction display
through LED displays. (Refer to
information in table on the right.) 7Normal 8Malfunction
Low noise operation display
77Normal operation
87Low noise level setting
Demand level display
77Normal operation
78Demand level 1
87Demand level 2
88Demand level 3
Test Operation 101

b. “Setting mode 2”
In this mode, settings for the following items can be made by using BS buttons.
Push and hold the MODE (BS1) button
for 5 seconds and set to “Setting mode <Selection of setting conditions>
2”.
Push the SET (BS2) button and set to
the setting condition you want.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
<Selection of setting items> decide the condition.
Push the SET (BS2) button and set the
LED display to a setting item shown in
the table on the right.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the item. (The present setting set to the initial status of “Setting mode
condition is blinked.) 2”.
∗ If you become unsure of how to proceed,

push the MODE (BS1) button and return
to setting mode 1.
Display of setting items Display of setting condition

No. LED display LED display
Setting item Setting condition
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
8 1 1 1 1 8 8 30% demand 8 1 1 1 8 1 1
Demand 2 40% demand (factory 8 1 1 1 1 8
3 operation setting)
1
50% demand 8 1 1 1 1 1 8
8 1 8 8 8 1 1 OFF (factory setting) 8 1 1 1 1 1 8
28 Refrigerant
recovery mode ON 8 1 1 1 1 8 1
The figures in the columns under "No." represent the number of times to push the
SET (BS2) button.
Setting of Demand 2 operation

With this setting, compressor operation can be controlled to reduce power consumption.
(60% - 80% demand is available when a demand adapter (optional accessory) is used.)
Setting item Setting condition Description
Operates with 30% of rated
30% demand power consumption.
Demand 2 operation 40% demand (factory setting) Operates with 40% of rated
power consumption.
Operates with 50% of rated
50% demand power consumption.
[Work procedure]
1: OFF 9: BLINK 8: ON
Operating procedure H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Push and hold the MODE (BS1) button of "Setting mode 1" for 5 seconds 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
or more and set to "Setting mode 2."
Push the SET (BS2) button three times to set the LED display as shown 8 1 1 1 1 8 8
in the table on the right.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button once. (Present settings are displayed.) 8 1 1 1 1 9 1
30% of rated power consumption 8 1 1 1 9 1 1
Push the SET (BS2) button to set the LED 40% of rated power consumption 8 1 1 1 1 9 1
display as shown in the table on the right.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button once to make a 40% of rated power consumption 8 1 1 1 1 8 1
decision.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button once again for execution. (The LED 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
display is in the initial status of "Setting mode 2".)
Push the MODE (BS1) button once to return to Setting mode 1 (normal 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
operation).
102 Test Operation

Setting of refrigerant recovery mode

When a refrigerant recovery unit is connected on site to recover refrigerant, fully open the
expansion valve of the outdoor unit to help the recovery.
[Work procedure]
(1) Stop operation.
(2) Turn ON refrigerant recovery mode by performing the following steps.
1: OFF 9: BLINK 8: ON
Push and hold the MODE (BS1) button of "Setting mode 1" for 5 seconds 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
or more and set to "Setting mode 2."
Push the SET (BS2) button 28 times to set the LED display as shown in 8 1 8 8 8 1 1
the table on the right. (∗1)
Push the SET (BS2) button once to set the LED display as shown in the 8 1 1 1 1 9 1
table on the right.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button once to make a decision. 8 1 1 1 1 8 1
When the RETURN (BS3) button is pushed once again, the electronic
expansion valve opens fully. 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
(For RZQ-KTLT, the solenoid valve also opens.)
(3) Connect a refrigerant recovery unit to perform refrigerant recovery. (For a refrigerant
recovery port, refer to the installation manual.)
(4) Upon completion of refrigerant recovery, turn OFF refrigerant recovery mode by taking the
following steps or turning OFF the power of outdoor unit.
Push the SET (BS2) button 28 times to set the LED display as shown in 8 1 8 8 8 1 1
the table on the right. (∗1)
Push the SET (BS2) button once to set the LED display as shown in the 8 1 1 1 1 1 9
table on the right.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button once to make a decision. 8 1 1 1 1 1 8
When the RETURN (BS3) button is pushed once again, the electronic
expansion valve fully opens. 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
(For RZQ-KTLT, the solenoid valve also closes.)
∗1: If you become unsure how many times you have pushed the button, push the MODE (BS1)
button once to return to "Setting mode 1" and start the operating procedure all over again.
Test Operation 103

c. “Monitor mode”
In this mode, the following items can be checked by using the BS buttons.
To enter the monitor mode, push the MODE LED display

(BS1) button when in “Setting mode 1”.
No. Setting item Data display
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
0 Indication of oil return operation 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 See Data display c.
1 Indication of outdoor unit class 9 7 7 7 7 7 8 See Data display d.
2 Contents of retry (the latest) 9 7 7 7 7 8 7
<Selection of setting item>
3 Contents of retry (1 cycle before) 9 7 7 7 7 8 8
Push the SET (BS2) button and set the LED
See "Malfunction
4 Contents of retry (2 cycle before) 9 7 7 7 8 7 7
display to a setting item. code display" on the
5 Contents of malfunction (the latest) 9 7 7 7 8 7 8
next page.
6 Contents of malfunction (1 cycle before) 9 7 7 7 8 8 7
7 Contents of malfunction (2 cycle before) 9 7 7 7 8 8 8
<Confirmation on setting contents>
10 Indication of causes of stepping-down operation 9 7 7 8 7 8 7 See Data display e.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to display
different data of set items. The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to
press the SET (BS2) button .
Data display c
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and switches
to the initial status of “Monitor mode”. LED display
Display contents
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and returns to H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
“Setting mode 1”. In normal operation 9 7 7 7 7 7 7
In oil return operation 9 7 7 7 7 7 9
Data display d Data display e

LED display LED display
Display contents Display contents
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
No setting 9 7 7 7 7 7 9 Normal (not in stepping-down operation) 9 7 7 7 7 7 9
RZQ 71 C7V1B 9 7 7 7 9 9 9 Low pressure stepping-down 9 7 7 7 7 9 7
RZQ 100 C7V1B 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 High pressure stepping-down 9 7 7 7 7 9 9
RZQ 125 C7V1B 9 7 7 9 7 7 9 Inverter discharge pipe stepping-down 9 7 7 7 9 7 7
RZQ 140 C7V1B 9 7 7 9 7 9 7 Inverter current stepping-down 9 7 7 7 9 7 9
Radiation fin temperature stepping-down 9 7 7 7 9 9 7
Inverter stepping-down 9 7 7 7 9 9 9
Overall current stepping-down 9 7 7 9 7 7 7
Other stepping-down 9 7 7 9 7 7 9
104 Test Operation

d. “List of contents of retry and malfunction”

Take the following steps to check contents of retry and malfunction.
To enter "Monitor mode," push the MODE (BS1) <Display of RETURN 2>
button when in "Setting mode 1."
When SET (BS2) button is pushed, the LED
display for RETURN 2 turns ON.
<Selection of retry or malfunction item>

<Display of RETURN 3>
Push the SET (BS2) button to set the LED
When SET (BS2) button is pushed, the LED
display to retry or malfunction item.
display for RETURN 3 turns ON.
<Display of RETURN 1> Push the RETURN (BS3) button to return the
system to the initial state of "Monitor mode."
When the RETURN (BS3) button is pushed, the
LED display for RETURN 1 turns ON. ∗ Pushing the MODE (BS1) button will bring the
system to the "Setting mode 1."
8: ON 1: OFF 9: BLINK
Malfunction 1 2 3
Contents of retry or malfunction
code HAP H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P HAP H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P HAP H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
C4 Indoor heat exchanger thermistor 9 98 77 7 97 9 98 77 9 77 9 98 87 7 77
E1 Faulty outdoor PC board 9 97 87 7 99 9 98 77 7 79 9 98 87 7 77
E3 Abnormal high pressure 9 98 77 7 99 9 98 87 7 77
E4 Abnormal low pressure 9 98 77 9 77 9 98 87 7 77
E5 Compressor motor lock 9 98 77 9 79 9 98 87 7 77
DC motor 1 lock 9 98 77 9 99 9 98 87 7 79
Abnormal outdoor
E7 DC motor 2 lock 9 98 87 7 97
fan motor
Abnormal inverter transmission 9 98 87 7 99
Abnormal electronic Disconnected electronic expansion valve connector 9 98 7 97 79 9 98 87 7 79
E9
expansion valve Malfunction due to wet conditions 9 98 87 7 97
Abnormal discharge Abnormal discharge pipe temperature 9 9 7 8 7 9 7 9 9 9 8 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 8 8 7 7 7 9
F3 pipe temperature Disconnected discharge pipe thermistor 9 98 87 7 97
H3 Abnormal high pressure switch 9 97 87 9 77 9 98 77 7 99 9 98 87 7 77
H9 Abnormal outdoor air thermistor 9 98 7 97 79 9 98 87 7 77
J1 Abnormal pressure sensor 9 97 87 9 97 9 98 77 7 79 9 98 87 7 77
J3 Abnormal discharge pipe thermistor 9 98 77 7 99 9 98 87 7 77
J5 Abnormal suction pipe thermistor 9 98 77 9 79 9 98 87 7 77
J6 Abnormal heat exchanger distributor pipe thermistor 9 98 77 9 97 9 98 87 7 77
J7 Abnormal intermediate heat exchanger thermistor 9 98 77 9 99 9 98 87 7 77
J8 Abnormal liquid pipe thermistor 9 98 7 97 77 9 98 87 7 77
L1 PC board failure 9 97 87 9 99 9 98 77 7 79 9 98 87 7 77
L4 Elevated radiation fin temperature 9 98 77 9 77 9 98 87 7 77
L5 Compressor instantaneous overcurrent 9 98 77 9 79 9 98 87 7 77
L8 Compressor overload 9 98 7 97 77 9 98 87 7 77
L9 Compressor lock 9 98 7 97 79 9 98 87 7 77
LC Abnormal transmission (between the control and the inverter) 9 98 7 99 77 9 98 87 7 77
P1 Unbalanced power supply voltage 9 97 8 97 77 9 98 77 7 79 9 98 87 7 77
P4 Abnormal radiation fin thermistor 9 98 77 9 77 9 98 87 7 77
PJ Faulty capacity setting 9 98 7 99 79 9 98 87 7 77
Abnormal gas Gas shortage warning 9 97 8 97 79 9 98 77 7 77 9 98 87 7 79
U0
shortage Abnormal gas shortage 9 98 87 7 97
Abnormal power Inverter undervoltage and overvoltage 9 98 77 7 97 9 98 87 7 79
U2 supply voltage SP-PAM overvoltage 9 98 87 7 97
U4 Abnormal transmission (between indoor and outdoor units) 9 98 77 9 77 9 98 87 7 77
UA Faulty field setting switch 9 98 7 97 97 9 98 87 7 77
UF Improper piping and improper communication wiring 99 99 9 98 87 7 77
Test Operation 105

2.11 Quiet (Low Noise) Operation

Purpose Lower the operation sound of the outdoor unit.
Setting Silent Operation can be activated by:

1. Automatic control (By field setting from remote controller)
2. External activation (from optional PC board KRP58M)
2.11.1 Quiet (Low Noise) Operation by Automatic Control

Table Silent operation can be set by field setting from the wired remote controller:
Descrip- Mode First Second Code

tion Code
01 02 03 04 05
Silent 16(26) 0 OFF Low noise — Low noise —

Operation activation + capacity
priority
Low noise 1 — — 22h00 ~ 22h00 ~ 20h00 ~

start & 06h00 08h00 08h00
stop time
Method When setting mode 16(26)-0-02, quiet (low noise) operation will be carried out by presuming the
current time in accordance with the outside temperature.
Automatic mode will start when the outdoor temperature is = average max of last 10 days -5°C
and will be conducted for 10 hours.
The maximum outdoor temperature is supposed to occur at 14:00h.
As the time judgement is made in accordance with the outdoor temperature, the above
mentioned timing is an estimation only.
Capacity When setting mode 16(26)-0-04, the low noise operation will be stopped when the heating or
precedence cooling load increases. In that case, the operation will return to normal operation. The unit will
setting return to low-noise operation when the heating or cooling load decreases again.
Graph
Maximum Start night End night

ambient +8 hours quiet +10 hours quiet
temperature operation operation
Trend line indicating fluctuation of

outdoor ambient temperature in 24
hours.
106 Test Operation

2.11.2 External Activation from Optional PC board

Graph Quiet (low noise) operation can also be activated from the optional PC board.
Transmission connector
(on outdoor PC board X6A)
Power supply connector DS1
ON
(on outdoor PCB X77A)
OFF
1234
X80A
X81A
X800M
X801M
3 2 1 LNOP COM
Output on X801M = 12VDC, 12mA

Maximum wire length = 100 meter
X801M
3 2 1 LNOP COM
Quiet (low noise) operation will start when the contact on LNOP-COM is closed and will remain
active as long as the contact is closed. No field setting on the outdoor unit or by remote
controller is required.
Quiet (low noise) operation will be ended when the contact is re-opened.
Use of the KRP58M enables the use of an external time clock.
Capacity priority Same as with the automatic control, priority for capacity can be set.Prioirity for capacity will be
Setting activated by changing field setting 26-0-03 in combination with the closed contact on KRP58M.
Second Code
First
Description Mode Code
01 02 03 04
Quiet (low noise) 16(26) 0 Factory — Capacity —

operation priority
Exceptions The Quiet (low noise) operation will be overruled in the following conditions:
Pump down residual operation
Startup control
Defrost operation
Oil recovery
Sound reduction
71 100 125
Sound reduction 4 dBA 4 dBA 5 dBA
Test Operation 107

2.12 I-Demand Function

Purpose Set a limitation towards the power consumption from the system.(e.g. budget control, limit
power consumption during peak moments,..)
Setting 3 different demand setting can be selected by using terminal X801M:

Demand 1 → Close contact between COM and contact 1
Transmission connector
DS1 (on outdoor PCB X6A)
Power supply connector ON
OFF
(on outdoor PCB X77A) 1 2 3 4
X80A
X81A
X800M
X801M
3 2 1 LNOP COM Output on X801M =

12VDC, 12mA
Maximum wire length =
100 meter
X801M
3 2 1 LNOP COM
108 Test Operation

Demand 1 Power consumption limitation in function of setting on DS1:
DS1 SETTING
Maximum Power
Consumption
1 2
OFF OFF 60%
ON OFF 70%
OFF ON 80%
ON ON 100%
Demand 2 Power consumption limitation set to 40%.
Demand 3 Forced thermostat OFF.
Test Operation 109

2.13 Setting for Low Humidity Application

Purpose Can be set when using the RZQ units for year round cooling in low humidity applications such
as computerrooms (EDP rooms), technical rooms, etc...to increase the capacity of the unit.
Definition of Low
Humidity Area
Relative
Humidity
(%)
Setting is only allowed in this area
Indoor side temperature DB (˚C)
Caution When using the "LH settings" outside the "Low Humidity Area" there is an increased risk of ice
accumulation on the indoor coil or water blowing out from the indoor unit.
110 Test Operation

Function details
Factory setting Low humidity application Low humidity application +

setting freeze up operation
prevention
Field Setting 16(26)-2-01 16(26)-2-03 16(26)-2-04
Compressor control The compressor frequency is controlled in function of the target evaporating temperature.
The target evaporating temperature is controlled in function of the cooling load.
Minimum target Te = 2°C Minimum target Te = 0°C Initial minimum target Te =

2°C, but can be changed in
function of actual Te, to avoid
freeze up activation:
Te ≤ -1°C for 20 minutes
accumulated => Change
target Te ≥ 5°C
Te ≤ -1°C for 30 minutes
accumulated => Change
target Te ≥ 8°C
See graph 1 See graph 2 See graph 3
Freeze protection Start Te ≤ -1°C for 40 minutes Te ≤ -1°C for 40 minutes Te ≤ -1°C for 40 minutes
function accumulated accumulated accumulated
OR OR OR
Te ≤ A°C for 1 minute Te ≤ -3°C for 1 minute Te ≤ A°C for 1 minute
continuous continuous continuous
(Indoor decision) (Outdoor decision) (Outdoor decision)
End Te > 7°C for 10 minutes Te > 7°C for 3 minutes Te > 7°C for 3 minutes
continuously. continuously continuously
(Indoor decision) OR OR
Te > 4°C for 20 minutes Te > 4°C for 20 minutes
continuously continuously
(Outdoor decision) (Outdoor decision)
Parameters
FAQ FHQ All except FAQ & FHQ
A -1°C -3°C -5°C
Test Operation 111

Graph 1 Target evaporating temperature control in case of factory setting 16(26)-2-01:

Te target acceptable area
Remote controller setting temp.
Te target limitted ≤ 20˚C

(to protect the comp.)
Te target limitted
≤ Indoor temp. – 11˚
(not to rising wetbulb)
Te (see note) target

acceptable area
Indoor temp. > setting
→ Te target down
Indoor temp. < setting
→ Te target up
Te target limitted
≥ Indoor temp. – 25˚
Te target limitted ≥ 2˚C (not to sweat)
(not to freeze)
Freeze protection
(40min. integrated coil temp. ≤ -1˚C)
Indoor Temp
(˚C DB)
Note:
Te by LP sensor RZQ71~140C7V1B,
RZQS71~140C7V1B
112 Test Operation

Graph 2 Target evaporating temperature control when "low humidity application" is selected. Field
setting 16(26)-2-03:

Te target
(˚C) Te target limitted ≤ 20˚C
Te (see note) target acceptable area

Indoor temp. > setting → Te target down
Indoor temp. < setting → Te target up
Te target limitted ≥ 0˚C

Freeze protection
Indoor Temp
(˚C DB)
Note:
Te by LP sensor RZQ71~140C7V1B,
RZQS71~140C7V1B
Test Operation 113

Graph 3 Target evaporating temperature control when "low humidity application + freeze up operation
prevention" is selected. Field setting 16(26)-2-04:

Te target
(˚C) Te target limitted ≤ 20˚C
Te (see note) target acceptable area

Indoor temp. > setting → Te target down
Indoor temp. < setting → Te target up
Te target limitted ≥ 2˚C

(not to freeze)
Freeze protection
Indoor Temp
(˚C DB)
Note:
Te by LP sensor RZQ71~140C7V1B, RZQS71~140C7V1B
Change In order to increase continuous operation of the unit in low latent heat applications and avoid the
thermostat rise of temperature after thermostat OFF, the thermostat control will be changed when using
control field settings 16(26)-2-03 & 16(26)-2-04.
Thermostat ON ∆Trs ≥ 0.5 °C (No change from standard setting)
Thermostat OFF ∆Trs ≤ -2.0 °C for 5 minutes continuously.

∆Trs ≤ 4.5 °C
114 Test Operation

Capacity When "low humidity application" is selected. Field setting 16(26)-2-03:

Indoor Temp. (°C-WB)
Outdoor
Temp. 11 14 16 18 19 20 22 24
(°C-DB)
Capacity (% of standard point)
-15 0.62 0.76 0.86 0.95 1.00 1.02 1.07 1.11
-10 0.62 0.76 0.86 0.95 1.00 1.02 1.07 1.11
-5 0.62 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.21 1.26
0 0.62 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.21 1.26
5 0.62 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.21 1.26
10 0.62 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.21 1.26
15 0.62 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.12 1.14 1.19 1.24
20 0.62 0.81 0.91 1.07 1.10 1.12 1.16 1.21
25 0.62 0.81 0.91 1.05 1.07 1.09 1.13 1.18
30 0.61 0.81 0.91 1.01 1.04 1.06 1.10 1.14
35 0.61 0.81 0.94 0.98 1.00 1.02 1.06 1.11
40 0.61 0.81 0.90 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.02 1.06
Capacity When "low humidity application + freeze up operation prevention" is selected. Field setting
16(26)-2-04:
Indoor Temp. (°C-WB)
Outdoor
Temp. 11 14 16 18 19 20 22 24
(°C-DB)
Capacity (% of standard point)
-15 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.26
-10 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.26
-5 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.26
0 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.26
5 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.26
10 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.26
15 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.24
20 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.01 1.06 1.16 1.21
25 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.00 1.06 1.13 1.18
30 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.14
35 0.51 0.68 0.78 0.95 1.00 1.02 1.06 1.11
40 0.51 0.67 0.78 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.02 1.06
Note: • Operation range on indoor side expanded from minimum 12°CWB to 11°CWB when using LH
setting.
• Do not use a setpoint below 20°C to avoid operation out of the indoor operation range
(11°CWB).
• Be sure to set the indoor fan to high speed.
2.14 Defrost Start Setting

Refer to ‘Defrost Operation’ on P47.
Test Operation 115

Test Run and Operation Data SiBE28-804
3. Test Run and Operation Data

3.1 General Operation Data
Guide Lines for The operation value guide lines when operating under standard conditions (at Rated
Optimal frequency) by pushing the test run button on the remote controller are as given in the table
Operation below.
Condition
Indoor Unit Fan: “H” Operation Compressor: Rated Frequency

High Low Discharge Suction Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
Pressure Pressure Pipe Temperature Side: Side:
(Mpa) (Mpa) Temperature (°C) Differential Differential
(°C) Between Between
Suction Suction
Temperature Temperature
and and
Discharge Discharge
Temperature Temperature
(°C) (°C)
Cooling 26 bar ~ 6 bar ~ 60~100 –2~10 8~18 7~12
34 bar 10 bar
Heating 25 bar ~ 5.3 bar ~ 60~100 –6~2 14~30 2~6
32.6 bar 7.5 bar
116 Test Operation

SiBE28-804 Test Run and Operation Data
Standard
Conditions
Indoor Unit Conditions Outdoor Unit Conditions
Cooling Operation 27°C DB/19°C WB 35°C DB
Heating Operation 20°C DB 7°C DB/6°C WB
During or after maintenance, when the power supply is turned back on, operation restarts
automatically by the “auto restart function.” Please exercise the proper caution.
When perfoming maintenance, you should at least perform the following inspections:
Indoor unit
Transmission wiring between

indoor and outdoor units
Is the air filter dirty?
What about switch capacity?
What about cable thickness?
What about voltage and current? To dedicated

breaker
Refrigerant piping
Drain piping
Outdoor unit
Earth
Test Operation 117

Correlation of Air- What happens in comparison to normal values is summarized in the table below.
Conditioner’s (Measured from 15 ~ 20 minutes or more after operation starts.)
Operation Status
and Pressure /
Running Current When Cooling
Air-Conditioner Status Low Pressure High Pressure Running Current
Air Filter Fouling Lower Lower Lower
Short Circuit of Indoor Unit Inlet/ Lower Lower Lower
Outlet Air
Outdoor Unit Fin Fouling Higher Higher Higher
Short Circuit of Outdoor Unit Inlet/ Higher Higher Higher
Outlet Air
Air Mixed in Refrigerant Higher Higher Higher
Water Mixed in Refrigerant ∗1 Lower Lower Lower
Dirt Mixed in Refrigerant ∗2 Lower Lower Lower
Lack of Refrigerant (Gas) Lower Lower Lower
Unsatisfactory Compression ∗3 Higher Lower Lower
When Heating
Air-Conditioner Status Low Pressure High Pressure Running Current
Air Filter Fouling Higher Higher Higher
Short Circuit of Indoor Unit Inlet/ Higher Higher Higher
Outlet Air
Outdoor Unit Fin Fouling Lower Lower Lower
Short Circuit of Outdoor Unit Inlet/ Lower Lower Lower
Outlet Air
Air Mixed in Refrigerant Higher Higher Higher
Water Mixed in Refrigerant ∗1 Lower Lower Lower
Dirt Mixed in Refrigerant ∗2 Lower Lower Lower
Lack of Refrigerant (Gas) Lower Lower Lower
Unsatisfactory Compression ∗3 Higher Lower Lower
Notes: ∗1. Water in the refrigerant freezes inside the capillary tube or expansion valve, and is basically
the same phenomenon as pump down.
∗2. Dirt in the refrigerant clogs filters inside the piping, and is basically the same phenomenon
as pump down.
∗3. Pressure differential between high and low pressure becomes low.
118 Test Operation

SiBE28-804 Test Run and Operation Data
3.2 Operation Range

Conditions The illustrations in this section are based on the following conditions:
Equivalent piping length: 7.5 m
Air flow rate: High.
Operation range: The illustration below shows the operation range.

Cooling RZQ Series RZQS Series
Outdoor temp. Outdoor temp.

(˚C DB) (˚C DB)
Allowable range of operation (Pull-down)

Allowable range of operation (Pull-down)
Operation range
Operation range
Indoor temp.
(˚C WB)
Indoor temp.
(˚C WB)
Operation range: The illustration below shows the operation range.

Heating RZQ Series RZQS Series
Outdoor temp. Outdoor temp.
(˚C WB) (˚C WB)
Allowable range of operation
Operation range
Operation range
Allowable range of operation
(Warming up)
(Warming up)
Indoor temp. Indoor temp.

(˚C DB) (˚C DB)
Notes: • Depending on operation and installation conditions, the indoor unit can change over to freeze-
up operation (Indoor de-icing).
• To reduce the freeze-up operation (Indoor de-icing) frequency it is recommended to install the
outdoor unit in a location not exposed to wind.
Test Operation 119

120 Test Operation

SiBE28-804
Part 6
Troubleshooting
1. How to Handle Request for Maintenance ...........................................123
1.1 General Troubleshooting Flowchart .....................................................123
2. Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition................................124
2.1 Overview of General Problems ............................................................124
2.2 Equipment does not Operate ...............................................................125
2.3 Indoor Fan Operates, but Compressor does not..................................127
2.4 Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops Immediately ....................129
2.5 After Unit Shuts Down, It cannot be Restarted for a While ..................131
2.6 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Cooling .............................133
2.7 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Heating .............................135
2.8 Equipment Discharges White Mist .......................................................137
2.9 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes........................................138
2.10 Equipment Discharges Dust.................................................................140
2.11 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88" ..................................................141
2.12 Swing Flap does not Operate...............................................................142
3. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller ............................144
3.1 The Inspection/Test Button ..................................................................144
3.2 Fault-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller........................................145
3.3 Fault-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller ...................................146
3.4 Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and Contents ................150
4. Troubleshooting by LED Indications ...................................................152
4.1 Troubleshooting by LED on the Indoor Units .......................................152
4.2 Troubleshooting by LED on Outdoor Unit PC Board............................153
5. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display............154
5.1 Indoor Malfunctions ..............................................................................154
5.2 Outdoor Malfunctions ...........................................................................155
5.3 System Malfunctions ............................................................................156
5.4 Overview of the Outdoor Safety Devices .............................................157
5.5 Overview of the Indoor Safety Devices ................................................158
5.6 “A1” Malfunctioning Indoor PC Board ....................................................159
5.7 “A3” Malfunction of Drain Water Level System .....................................160
5.8 “A6” Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ...........................................................162
5.9 “A7” Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock.............................................164
5.10 “A8” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage...................................................166
5.11 “AF” Malfunctioning Drain System .........................................................167
5.12 “AJ” Malfunctioning Capacity Setting ....................................................169
5.13 “C1” Failure of transmission (between indoor unit PC board and
fan PC board) .......................................................................................171
5.14 “C4”, “C9” Thermistor Abnormality ..........................................................173
5.15 “C6” Failure of combination
(between indoor unit PC board and fan PC board) ..............................175
5.16 “CJ” Malfunctioning Remote Controller Air Thermistor..........................176
5.17 “CC” Humidity Sensor System Malfunction ............................................177
5.18 “E1” Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board...................................................178
5.19 “E3” Abnormal High Pressure (Detected by the HPS)...........................179
Troubleshooting 121
SiBE28-804
5.20 “E4” Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor: Single phase C Series...........181

5.21 “E5” Compressor Motor Lock ................................................................183
5.22 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor..........................................185
5.23 “E9” Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve....................................188
5.24 “F3” Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe Temperature .............................191
5.25 “H3” Malfunctioning HPS System ..........................................................193
5.26 “H9”, “J3”, “J5”, “J6”, “J7”, “J8” Malfunction of Thermistor System ..........194
5.27 “J1” Malfunction of Pressure Sensor .....................................................195
5.28 “L1” Faulty Outdoor PC Board ...............................................................197
5.29 “L4” Radiation Fin Temperature Increased ...........................................199
5.30 “L5” DC Output Overcurrent (Instantaneous) ........................................201
5.31 “L8” Electronic Thermal (Time Lag) ......................................................203
5.32 “L9” Stall Prevention (Time Lag) ...........................................................205
5.33 “LC” Malfunction of Transmission System
(between Control and Inverter PC Board) ............................................207
5.34 “P1” Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance .........................209
5.35 “P4” Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature Thermistor....................210
5.36 “PJ” Failure of Capacity Setting ............................................................211
5.37 “U0” Gas Shortage (Malfunction) ..........................................................212
5.38 “U2” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage...................................................214
5.39 “U4”, “UF” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................216
5.40 “UF” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Unit /
Piping and Wiring Mismatch / Gas Shortage........................................219
5.41 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Unit and
Remote Controller ................................................................................220
5.42 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between MAIN Remote Controller and
SUB Remote Controller........................................................................221
5.43 “UA” Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch...............................................222
5.44 “UC” Centralized Address Setting Error .................................................224
122 Troubleshooting
SiBE28-804 How to Handle Request for Maintenance
1. How to Handle Request for Maintenance

1.1 General Troubleshooting Flowchart
Find out the situation according to the following procedure when there is a request for service
from the customer.
Turn the power supply Troubleshooting by remote Refer to "Remote controller display
Wait until controller malfunction
power failure switch ON or replace malfunction code and contents".
the fuse. code.
is over.
YES (1) The operation circuit fuse is
Units equipped with liquid disconnected or is making poor contact.
crystal remote controllers only (2) The operation swich is broken or its
YES YES Is the remote contact is defective.
controller's operation (3) The high pressure switch is broken.
Is there a NO The power supply switch is NO lamp blinking? NO
OFF or the switch's fuse is (4) The fan motor's magnetic switch is
Doesn't run at all power broken.
burnt. Units equipped with wireless
failure? remote controllers only (5) The fan motor's overcurrent relay is
Is the operation lamp of the being actuated or is broken.
indoor unit's signal receiving (6) The compressor's overcurrent relay is
section blinking? broken.
(7) The compressor's protective thermostat
Troubleshooting by remote is broken.
Nomal controller malfunction (8) The electrical system insulation is
code. defective.
(9) The compressor's magnetic switch's
YES contact is defective.
Runs Units equipped with liquid
(10) The compressor is broken.
crystal remote controllers only
Is the remote controller's
The fan comes on Set the remote operation lamp blinking? (11) Thermostat is broken.
controller's temperature Doesn't run Machines equipped with NO (12) The cool/heat selector is broken.
but the setting to: wireless remote controllers only. (13) The operation switch is broken.
compressor (1)When
doesn't run. (14) The compressor's magnetic swich is
cooling:Minimum Units equipped with wireless broken.
(2)When remote controller only.
heating:Maximum
Is the operation lamp of the (15) Over-charged with refrigerant.
indoor unit's signal receiving (16) Air is mixed inside the refrigerant
Ask for the character section blinking? circuit.
code of the malfunction
(17) The pressure switch is broken.
code.
(18) The outdoor unit fan motor's magnetic
switch is broken.
YES
Units equipped with liquid (19) The outdoor unit fan motor's auxiliary
crystal remote controllers only relay is broken.
Is the remote
controller's operation (20) The outdoor unit's heat exchanger is
Cooling starts but lamp blinking? NO Cooling
dirty.
stops right away. Units equipped with wireless (21) There is something blocking the
remote controllers only outdoor unit's air flow.
Is the operation lamp of (22) Malfunction of the outdoor unit's fan.
the indoor unit's signal
receiving section Heating (23) The indoor unit's air filter is dirty.
blinking? (24) The indoor unit's heat exhanger is
dirty.
(25) There is something blocking the indoor
Nomal unit's air flow.
(26) Malfunction of the indoor unit's fan.
Did you allow 3 minutes to YES
The unit won't run Try turning the elapse after turning ON? NO
again for a while Operation switch OFF (27) Overcurrent relay (for compressor)
Runs
and On. (28) Compressor's protective themostat
after stopping.
(29) The causes for the overcurrent relay
(for compressor) being actuated are:
(29)-1 Power supply voltage is lower than
prescribed.
Operation is (29)-2 High pressure is too high.
normal. (29)-3 The power supply cord is too small.
(29)-4 The compressor is broken.
Is there something causing the
indoor load to be large, such as (30) The causes for the compressor's
an open window or door? protective thermostat
(30)-1 Internal leak of the-4way valve
YES (No substantial difference between
The unit runs but Temperature NO suction and discharge temperature.
doesn't cool the Measure the suction
/disharge temperature. differential is 8~18˚C (30)-2 Unsatisfactory compression from
room. the compressor
(Temperature differential (30)-3 Different kind of refrigerant is charged.
=suction temperature - discharge temperature) (30)-4 Malfunction of the expansion valve
(30)-5 Unsatisfactory refrigerant circulation
Operation is
normal.
Is there something causing the
indoor heat load to be large, such
as an open window or door?
YES
The units runs but Temperature NO
doesn't heat the Measure the suction
/discharge temperature. differential is 14~30˚C OK.We'll be right over.
room.
(Temperature differential
=discharge temperature - suction temperature)
(Service work required)
(S1989)
Troubleshooting 123
Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition SiBE28-804
2. Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition

2.1 Overview of General Problems
Overview
Equipment Condition Remedy
1 Equipment does not operate. See page 125
2 Fan operates, but compressor does not. See page 127
3 Cooling/heating operation starts but stops See page 129
immediately.
4 After unit shuts down, it cannot be See page 131
restarted for a while.
5 Equipment operates but does not provide cooling. See page 133
6 Equipment operates but does not provide heating. See page 135
7 Equipment discharges white mist. See page 137
8 Equipment produces loud noise or shakes. See page 138
9 Equipment discharges dust. See page 140
10 Remote controller LCD displays “88.” See page 141
11 Indoor swing flap does not operate. See page 142
12 Equipment emits odor. Room smell and cigarette odors
accumulated inside the indoor unit are
discharged with air. Inside of the indoor
unit must be cleaned.
13 Flap operates when power is turned on. It is normal. The flap initializes for accurate
positioning.
14 Change of operation mode causes flap to It is normal. There is a control function that
move. moves the flap when operation mode is
changed.
15 Fan operates in “M” mode during heating It is normal. It is caused by the activation of
even if remote controller is set to “Low.” the overload control (airflow shift control).
16 Flap automatically moves during cooling. It is normal. It is caused by the activation of
the dew prevention function or ceiling
soiling prevention function.
17 Indoor unit fan operates in “L” mode for 1 It is normal. The monitoring function
minute in microcomputer-controlled dry forcibly operates the fan for one minute.
mode even if compressor is not operating.
18 In simultaneous ON/OFF multi-system It is normal. It is caused by a signal
setup, indoor unit (sub) does not operate in transmission lag.
sync with the other indoor unit (main).
(Flat, fan, etc.)
19 Indoor unit fan operates after heating It is normal. The fan operates in the “LL”
operation stops. mode for 60 to 100 seconds to dissipate
the residual heat in the heater.
20 Drain pump operates when equipment is It is normal. The drain pump continues to
not operating. operate for several minutes after
equipment is turned off.
21 Horizontal swing sends air to different It is normal. The airflow direction in cooling/
directions in cooling and heating even if it dry operation is different from that in
is set to the same position. heating/fan operation.
22 Flap remains horizontal even if it is set to It is normal. The flap does not swing in the
Swing. thermostat OFF mode.
23 Remote control thermostat cannot be set Normal operation.
with group-control remote controller. The setting of remote control thermostat is
not possible when group-control mode is in
operation.
24 When operating in remote control Normal operation.
thermostat, the thermostat turns off before The thermostat may be controlled with the
temperature of remote control reaches the suction temperature (body thermostat),
set temperature. concurrently with the set temperature.
25 When abnormality occurs with the unit with Normal operation.
individual remote controller in One Remote Address display of individual remote
Controller Group-control mode, the controllers always indicate “0” (zero).
address display of individual remote
controllers indicates “0” (zero) regardless
of the actual address setting.
124 Troubleshooting
SiBE28-804 Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition
2.2 Equipment does not Operate

Applicable Model All models of SkyAir series
Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Fuse blown or disorder of contact in operation circuit

Causes Faulty operation switch or contact point
Faulty high pressure switch
Faulty magnetic switch for fan motor
Activation or fault of overcurrent relay for fan motor
Faulty overcurrent relay for compressor
Faulty compressor protection thermostat
Insufficient insulation in electric system
Faulty contact point of magnetic switch for compressor
Malfunction of compressor
Fefective remote controller or low batteries (wireless)
Check if address is set correctly on wireless R.C.
Troubleshooting 125
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
Caution or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
power switch OFF or YES
fuse for power switch Turn on power switch or replace
blown? fuse.
If high-harmonics circuit breaker is
NO not used on inverter compressor,
have the circuit breaker replaced.
YES
Is there power failure? Wait until power returns.
NO
Is YES
operation switch pressed Normal. Equipment starts
repeatedly? operation 3 minutes later (3-min
Is standby).
operation lamp on YES
LCD remote controller Diagnose based on error code
NO flashing? on remote controller.
Is
thermostat changed YES NO
and reset again? Normal. Equipment starts
operation 3 minutes later (3-min
NO standby).
Wireless
remote controller
Is operation lamp on YES
indoor unit signal Diagnose based on error code
receiving section on remote controller.
flashing?
NO
Possibly ftaulty electric Check electric system.
component
(S2575)
126 Troubleshooting
2.3 Indoor Fan Operates, but Compressor does not

Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Faulty thermistor

Causes Faulty indoor/outdoor unit PC board
Faulty magnetic switch
Faulty power transistor
Faulty compressor
Fuse blown or disorder of contact in operation circuit
Troubleshooting 127
Troubleshooting
· Indoor unit fan runs at set airflow rate.

· (In cooling operation)
When air thermistor ambient temperature is higher than set temperature
· (In heating operation)
When air thermistor ambient temperature is lower than set temperature
Is the power
switch OFF or the fuse for YES
Turn on the power
power switch switch or replace fuse.
blown?
NO
Is the
heating switch YES
turned on at outdoor Normal.
temperature (Thermostat OFF by
>32˚C outdoor temperature)
NO
c
Is rated
voltage applied at YES
Replace the compressor.
the compressor
terminals?
NO
d
Is rated voltage
output from the magnetic switch YES
Replace the magnetic
or power switch or power
transistor? transistor.
NO
e
Is rated voltage YES
output from the Replace the PC board.
PC board?
NO
Check the thermistor.
Air sensor Outdoor unit Magnetic

Indoor unit PC board switch
PC board Relay
COMP
e d c
Output Input Output from Output from Output from
Input from
to PC to PC relay or magnetic magnetic
board PC board microcomputer switch or SW switch or
board circuit of U,V,W of
power power
transistor transistor
(S2576)
128 Troubleshooting
2.4 Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops Immediately

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Excess charge of refrigerant

Causes Air intrudes into refrigerant system
Faulty pressure switch
Faulty magnetic switch for outdoor unit fan motor
Faulty aux. relay for outdoor unit fan motor
Soiled heat exchanger of outdoor unit
There is an interfering item in air flow of outdoor unit
Malfunction of outdoor unit fan
Soiled air filter of indoor unit
Soiled heat exchanger of indoor unit
There is some interfering item in airflow of indoor unit
Malfunction of indoor unit fan
Troubleshooting 129
Troubleshooting
Is the wired Is the operation

type of remote controller YES
lamp of remote controller Diagnose based on the
wired or wireless? flashing? error code on remote
controller
Wireless
Is the
operation lamp YES
of indoor unit photo-
sensing section
flashing?
[Heating: Indoor unit ] NO

Cooling: Outdoor unit
NO
Does the fan rotate? Malfunction of fan motor
Check the magnetic
YES switch and aux. switch
for fan motor
YES
Is the filter soiled? Cleaning
NO
Is there YES
any item disturbing Remove the disturbing
airflow?
NO
Is the heat YES
exchanger soiled? Cleaning of the heat
exchanger
NO
Possible causes as follows:
∗ Refrigerant overcharge
∗ Mixing of air in refrigerant After vacuum drying,
system charge correct amount
∗ Faulty pressure switch of refrigerant
Check the pressure
switch.
(S1992)
130 Troubleshooting
2.5 After Unit Shuts Down, It cannot be Restarted for a While

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Overcurrent relay (for compressor)

Causes Compressor protection thermostat
Overcurrent relay may act due to the following reasons
Lower voltage of power supply
Excess level of high pressure
Insufficient size of power cable
Malfunction of compressor
Compressor protection thermostat may act due to the following reasons
Internal leakage of four-way valve (There is no difference between suction and discharge
temperature)
Insufficient compression of compressor
Incorrect refrigerant
Faulty expansion valve
Insufficient circulation of refrigerant
Troubleshooting 131
Troubleshooting
Turn the operation switch ON

and OFF, then wait at ON side.
Does the unit YES

start operation after 3 Normal. Unit is in 3-min
minutes? [Electric system] standby mode
NO Power supply NO
voltage is within ±10 % of Contact power company.
specified voltage.
Is the
discharge side of NO Not so hot YES
compressor hot after Check compressor.
unit stop?
Is the
size of power cable NO
YES through total length Replace power cable.
Check on the cause why correct?
overcurrent relay (for [Refrigerant circuit] YES
compressor) or compressor After vacuum drying, charge
protection thermostat acted. correct amount of refrigerant.
Then, start operation again.
Is there any
temperature difference NO
between inlet and outlet of Expansion valve
expansion malfunction
valve?
YES
Is there
any temperature
difference between suction NO
Four-way valve
side and discharge side
of four-way malfunction
valve?
YES
Malfunction of compressor Check compressor.
(S1993)
132 Troubleshooting
2.6 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Cooling

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Wrong selection of model

Causes Out of gas
Insufficient airflow in the indoor unit
Increase of high pressure
∗ In addition, the following malfunctions may be conceivable
• Insufficient compression of the compressor
• Insufficient circulation of refrigerant
• Defected expansion valve
Troubleshooting 133
Troubleshooting
Measure the temperature of
suction air and supply air.
Temperature difference
= Suction air temp. –
Supply air temp.
Temperature Does the

difference for cooling should YES heat load increase YES
after installation Normal.
be between 8 and
18˚C. of the unit?
NO NO
Possible causes as follows
* Incorrect selection of model Additional unit installation
* Affection of direct sun should be considered.
Does
any frost Is
generate around inlet YES the operation
port of indoor unit heat current less than specified
exchanger or outlet port level? YES
of expansion
valve? NO
NO
Gas shortage possibly

generates trouble.
After vacuum drying,
charge correct amount of
* Clogged air filter refrigerant.
Does YES * Soiled heat exchanger
indoor unit air flow rate * Malfunction of fan motor Check each section.
down? (Refer error code “A6”.)
NO Possible causes as follows
* Refrigerant overcharge
Is * Air in refrigerant system
the level of high YES * Soiled heat exchanger
pressure higher than * Short circuit of supply air Check each item.
normal level? * Disturbing item in air flow
* Malfunction of fan motor of
NO outdoor unit
(Refer error code “E7”.)
Possible causes as follows
* Insufficient compression
of compressor
* Insufficient circulation Check each item.
of refrigerant
* Faulty expansion valve (S1994)
134 Troubleshooting
2.7 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Heating

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Wrong selection of model

Causes Out of gas in refrigerant
Insufficient airflow in the indoor unit
Decrease of low pressure
• Insufficient compression of the compressor
• Insufficient circulation of refrigerant
• Defected expansion valve
Troubleshooting 135
Troubleshooting
Is this YES
first starting after This is normal. Heating
installation? operation will be conducted
after 2 or 3 minutes.
NO See page 44 "Test Run
Control" for details.
Is the unit in YES
defrost mode? Wait for a while.
No abnormality
NO
Measure the temperature of
suction air and supply air.
Temperature difference =
Suction air temp. – Supply
air temp.
Temperature Does
YES the heat load YES
difference for heating No abnormality
should be between 14 increase after installation
and 30˚C. of the unit?
NO NO
* Incorrect selection of model
* Affection of sunlight Additional unit installation
* Affection of excessive fresh should be considered.
air into room
Is
the operation YES Gas shortage possibly
current less than specified generates trouble. After vacuum drying, charge
level? correct amount of
refrigerant.
NO
Does * Clogged air filter
YES * Soiled heat exchanger
indoor unit air flow Check each item.
rate down? * Malfunction of indoor fan
motor
(Refer error code “A6”)
NO
* Refrigerant overcharge
Is the YES * Soiled heat exchanger
level of high pressure * Short circuit of discharge air
lower than normal * Disturbing item in air flow Check each item.
level? * Malfunction of fan motor of
outdoor unit
NO (Refer error code “E7”.)
* Insufficient compression of
compressor
* Insufficient circulation of Check each item.
refrigerant
* Faulty expansion valve
(S1995)
136 Troubleshooting
2.8 Equipment Discharges White Mist

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Humid installation site

Causes Installation site is dirty and with dense oil mists.
Soiled heat exchanger
Clogged air filter
Malfunction of fan motor
Troubleshooting
Is
the room YES
temperature higher than Continue unit operation.
set value in cooling
operation?
NO Is NO
white fog coming out from Normal
the unit?
YES
It may be necessary to
remove the source of humid Remove the source of
condition. humid condition.
Is the heat YES
exchanger of indoor unit Cleaning of heat
soiled? exchanger is necessary.
NO
Is the site YES Dust or oil mists should be

dusty or with dense removed. Remove the source of oil
oil mist? mist or dust.
NO
Is the YES Possible causes as follows

airflow rate too ∗ Clogged air filter Cleaning of air filter
small? ∗ Malfunction of fan motor Check fan motor
(Refer error code “A6”)
NO
Did the trouble generate on
switching to heating mode Normal
after complete of defrosting (Fog is generated due to
during heating? defrosting operation)
(S1996)
Troubleshooting 137
2.9 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Improper installation

Causes Contacts of fan, piping, casing, etc.
Noise of refrigerant flow
Operating noise of drain discharge equipment
Noise of resin components contracting
• Overcharge of refrigerant
• Air interfusion
• Flash noise of insufficient refrigerant (hushing noise)
138 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Does [Installation work side]

the noise generate YES
with vibration of whole Correction of installation
ceilings and Reinforcement for ceilings
walls? or walls
NO
Does
the noise YES
generate with vibration Insert shock absorber in
of unit mounting mounting section, or strengthen
section? the mounting section.
Continuous
slight noise of "shoo..." YES
NO during cooling or Normal. The sound is flushing
defrosting noise of gas (refrigerant)
inside air conditioning unit
NO
Is the piping secured? Insert cushion materials to
NO
the pipe support such as
Sound of saddle.
[Power supply side]
YES "shoo..." generates YES
just after operation start Normal. The noise is a
or stop, or defrosting sound generated at the
start or time of gas (refrigerant)
stop. flow change or stop
Does YES NO
the fan contact with other Disassemble and remove
parts? parts contact.
Sound
of "shoo..." YES
NO generates during cooling or Normal. Operation sound
after operation of draining device
stop.
Does YES NO
the pipe contact with Correct piping manually or
casing? attach a dead weight to
Creak pipe
NO during heating YES
and after operation Normal. Creak generates by
Is stop shrinkage of resin parts due
the noise to temperature change.
flushing sound from YES NO
pressure reducing valve Normal.
or capillary
tube? Is
this an impact YES
NO noise at the start/end of It is normal.
defrosting? An impact noise can be
reduced by means of
NO "Defrost Noise Reduction
Setting." For more
details, refer to "Field
∗ Excess charge of refrigerant Setting with Remote
∗ Air intrudes into refrigerant Controller" (from P89).
system YES
After vacuum drying,
∗ Flushing noise due to charge correct amount of
refrigerant shortage. refrigerant.
(Sound of shoo...)
(S1997)
Troubleshooting 139
2.10 Equipment Discharges Dust

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed Carpet
Causes Animal's hair
Application (cloth shop,...)
Troubleshooting
Does
the trouble
generate at the time of YES
operation start again after Dust collected inside the indoor
extended period of unit are blown out.
operation? Cleaning for inside of indoor unit
is necessary.
NO
YES
Is air filter equipped? Dust collected inside the indoor
unit are blown out.
Cleaning for inside of indoor unit
NO is necessary.
Install air filter.
(S1998)
140 Troubleshooting
2.11 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88"

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting

Trouble YES
generates just after power The unit is checking to confirm
supply ON that remote controller is normal.
Indication appears for short time.
NO
Is the
position of (SS 1) YES
on indoor unit PC board at Turn the switch to "Normal", and
"Emergency"? reset power supply.
NO
Check the unit based on
indoor unit LED and outdoor
unit LED. (Trouble Shooting)
(S1999)
Troubleshooting 141
2.12 Swing Flap does not Operate

Applicable FBQ, FHQ, FAQ, FUQ, FVQ
Models
Method of Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When ON/OFF of the micro switch for positioning cannot be reversed even through the swing
Decision flap motor for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
Conditions
Remark Some functions can force the swing flap into a fixed position, altough swing mode is selected on
the remote controller. This is not an unit error, but a control function to prevent draft to the
customer.
Before starting the troubleshooting, make sure the swing flap is not forced into such a fixed
position. (e.g. Hot start, defrost operation, thermostat OFF in heating operation or freeze
prevention in cooling operation. For details see "Fan and Flap Operations" on P85)
Supposed Faulty swing motor

Causes Faulty micro switch
Faulty connector connection
Faulty indoor unit PC board
142 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Are the
connectors correctly NO
connected to X29A and Connect correctly.
X14A on the
PC board?
YES
Is the
limit switch’s
transfer connector NO
Connect correctly.
correctly
connected?
YES
Turn the power supply off
once and back on, and check
whether the swing flap motor
swings when the power supply
is turned back on.
Disconnect X14A, turn the

YES power supply off once and
Does the flap swing? back on, and check if the limit
switch has continuity when the
power supply it turned back on.
NO
Turn the power supply off once
and back on, and measure the Is continuity/no YES
output voltage of connector continuity reversed?
X29A when the power supply
is turned back on.
NO
NO
220 - 240 VAC? Replace the indoor unit
PC board.
YES
Replace the swing
motor assembly.
(S2577)
Troubleshooting 143
Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller SiBE28-804
3. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote

Controller
3.1 The Inspection/Test Button
The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
Depress Inspection/Test Operation
button for more than 4 seconds.
Indoor unit settings can be made. Service data can be obtained.
z Filter sign time z Malfunciton code history
z Air flow direction Local z Temperature data of various sections
Service
z Others setting
mode Service settings can be made.
mode
z Forced fan ON
z Air flow direction/volume setting
Depress Inspection/Test Operation Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.

button for more than 4 seconds.
Normal
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
button once. Or after 30 minutes.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked. Test
z Malfunction codes Inspection Thermostat is forcibly turned on.
operation
z Indoor model code mode
mode
z Outdoor model code
144 Troubleshooting
SiBE28-804 Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller
3.2 Fault-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller

Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction, the remote controller’s operation LED blinks, and
malfunction code is displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, malfunction contents are
displayed when inspection mode is entered.) The malfunction code enables you to tell what kind
of malfunction caused operation to stop. Refer to P150 for malfunction code and malfunction
contents.
Operation LED
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for

which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
Inspection/Test button
Note:
1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication.
2. While in check mode, pressing and holding the ON/OFF button for a period of five seconds
or more will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes
display, the malfunction code will blink twice and then change to “00” (=Normal), the Unit No.
will change to “0”, and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to
normal mode (displaying the set temperature).
Troubleshooting 145
3.3 Fault-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller

Introduction Contrary to the wired remote controller, the wireless remote controller does not display the error
code. Instead, the operation LED on the light reception section flashes.
Checking To find the error code, proceed as follows:
Step Action
1 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “inspection”. The equipment enters the
inspection mode. “0” flashes in the UNIT No. display.
INSPECTION/TEST
146 Troubleshooting
Step Action
2 Press the UP or DOWN button and change the UNIT No. until the receiver of the remote
controller starts to beep.
UP
DOWN
If you hear... Then...

3 short beeps Follow all steps below.
1 short beep Follow steps 3 and 4. Continue the
operation in step 4 until you hear a
continuous beep. This continuous
beep indicates that the error code
is confirmed.
1 continuous beep There is no abnormality.
3 Press the MODE selector button.The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the error code
flashes.
MODE
Troubleshooting 147
Step Action
4 Press the UP or DOWN button to change the error code upper digit until the receiver of
the remote controller starts to beep.
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP
If you hear... Then...

2 short beeps The upper digit matches.
1 short beep No digits match.
1 continuous beep Both upper and lower digits match.
5 Press the MODE selector button.The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the error code
flashes.
MODE
148 Troubleshooting
Step Action
6 Press the UP or DOWN button and change the error code lower digit until the receiver
of the remote controller generates a continuous beep.
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP
7 Press the MODE button to return to normal status. If you do not press any button for at
least 1 min, the remote controller returns automatically to normal status.
MODE
Troubleshooting 149
3.4 Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and

Contents
Malfunction Code Contents/Processing Remarks
A1 Failure of PC board ass’y for indoor unit
A3 Malfunction of drain water level system
A6 Indoor unit fan motor overload / overcurrent / lock (Note 1)
A7 Swing flap motor lock
A8 Abnormal power supply voltage
AF Abnormal drain water level Activation of float switch during compressor off.
AJ Failure of capacity setting Either capacity data is set incorrectly, or capacity
has not been set for the data IC
C1 Failure of transmission (between indoor unit PC
board and fan PC board)
C4 Malfunction of heat exchanger temperature
sensor system
C6 Failure of combination (between indoor unit PC
C9 Malfunction of suction air temperature sensor
system
CJ Malfunction of remote control air temperature Failure of remote controller air thermistor.
sensor system Unit can be operated by indoor unit thermistor.
CC Malfunction of humidity sensor system
E1 Outdoor unit PC board malfunction
E3 High pressure malfunction (outdoor unit)
E4 Abnormality of low pressure (outdoor) Failure of low pressure sensor system.
Check if the stop valve open.
E5 Compressor motor lock malfunction Compressor motor lock, incorrect wiring.
E7 Outdoor fan motor lock or outdoor fan
instantaneous overcurrent malfunction
E9 Malfunction of electronic expansion valve
(outdoor unit)
F3 Discharge pipe temperature malfunction (outdoor
unit)
H3 Failure of high pressure switch (outdoor unit)
H9 Malfunction of outdoor air temperature sensor (Note 2)
system (outdoor unit)
J1 Malfunction of pressure sensor Applicable Models : (Note 3)
J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe temperature
sensor system (outdoor unit)
J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe temperature Applicable Models : (Note 3)
J5 Suction pipe thermistor malfunction Failure of suction pipe thermister system
J6 Malfunction of heat exchanger temperature (Note 2)
J7 Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger Applicable Models : (Note 3)
thermistor (outdoor unit)
J8 Malfunction of liquid pipe thermistor (outdoor unit) Applicable Models : (Note 3)
JC Malfunction of suction pressure sensor Failure of suction pressure sensor system
L1 Outdoor PC board malfunction Applicable Models : (Note 3)
L4 Radiation fin temperature rise Malfunction of inverter cooling
L5 Instantaneous over current Possibility of compressor motor grounding or
shortage of motor winding
L8 Electronic thermal Possibility of compressor overload, open circuit in
compressor motor
L9 Stall prevention Possibility of compressor seizing
LC Malfunction of transmission system (between
control PC board and inverter PC board)
150 Troubleshooting
Malfunction Code Contents/Processing Remarks

P1 Open phase or voltage unbalance
P4 Abnormal radiation fin temperature sensor
(outdoor unit)
PJ Failure of capacity setting (outdoor unit) Either capacity data is set incorrectly, or capacity
has not been set for the data IC
U0 Lack of gas malfunction Abnormal suction pipe temperature
Applicable Models : (Note 3)
U0
U2 Abnormal power supply voltage Including malfunction of K1M, K2M
U4/UF Failure of transmission (between indoor and Transmission between indoor and outdoor unit is
outdoor unit) not being correctly carried out. (Note 1, Note 2)
UF Failure of transmission (between indoor and Transmission between indoor and outdoor unit is
outdoor unit) not being correctly carried out.
or or
Piping and wiring mismatch There is very little or no refrigerant flow within the
or indoor unit
Gas shortage Applicable Models : (Note 3)
U5 Failure of transmission (between indoor unit and Transmission between indoor and remote
remote controller) controller is not being correctly carried out.
U8 Failure of transmission (between “main” and Transmission between “main” and “sub” remote
“sub” remote controller controller is not being correctly carried out.
UA Failure of fieldsetting System fieldsetting error pair, twin, triple, double
twin or wrong capacity class.
UC Address error of central remote controller
: Error code displays automatically and system stops.

Inspect and repair it.
: In the case of the shaded error codes, “inspection” is not displayed. The system
operates, but be sure to inspect and repair it.
: Error code displays with blinking.
The system operates, but be sure to inspect and repair it.
Notes: 1. There is a possibility of open phase power supply, check power supply also.
2. Operation when a malfunction occurs may differ according to the model.
3. RZQ100~140C7V1B, RZQS125·140C7V1B
Troubleshooting 151
Troubleshooting by LED Indications SiBE28-804
4. Troubleshooting by LED Indications

4.1 Troubleshooting by LED on the Indoor Units
Foreword Troubleshooting can be carried out by service monitor LED (green). (Blinks when normal)
4 : LED on / 7 : LED off / 5 : LED blinks / — : No connection with troubleshooting
Microcomputer Transmission
Normal Monitor Normal Monitor Contents/Processing
HAP (LED-A) HBP (LED-B)
5 5 Indoor unit normal → Outdoor unit trouble shooting
5 4 Incorrect transmission wiring between indoor and
outdoor unit
7 If outdoor unit’s LED-A is off, proceed outdoor unit’s
trouble shooting. If outdoor unit’s LED-A blinks, failure of
wiring or indoor or outdoor unit P.C board ass’y. (Note 4)
4 — Failure of indoor unit PC board ass’y (Note 5)
7 Malfunction of power supply or failure of PC board ass’y
or broken transmission wire between indoor and outdoor
unit. (Note 5)
Notes: 1. When the INSPECTION/TEST button of remote controller is pushed, INSPECTION display
blinks entering INSPECTION mode.
2. In the INSPECTION mode, when the ON/OFF button is pushed and held for 5 seconds or
more, the aforementioned malfunctioning history display is off. In this case, after the
malfunction code blinks 2 times, the code display turns to “00” (=Normal) and the unit No.
turns to “0”. The INSPECTION mode automatically switches to the normal mode (set
temperature display).
3. Operation halts due to malfunction depending on the model or condition.
4. If LED-B is off, the transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit may be incorrect or
disconnected. Before performing the previously described troubleshooting, check the
transmission wiring.
5. Troubleshoot by turning off the power supply for a minimum of 5 seconds, turning it back on,
and then rechecking the LED display.
152 Troubleshooting
SiBE28-804 Troubleshooting by LED Indications
4.2 Troubleshooting by LED on Outdoor Unit PC Board

The following diagnosis can be conducted by turning on the power switch and checking the LED
indication on the printed circuit board of the outdoor unit.
4 : LED on / 7 : LED off / 5 : LED blinks / — : No connection with troubleshooting

LED detection
Microcomputer in Error detection
normal operation Description
H3P
HAP
(Green) (Red)
5 7 Normal
4 — Faulty outdoor unit PC board (Note 1)
7 — Power supply abnormality, or faulty outdoor unit PC
board (Note 2)
5 4 Activation of protection device (Note 3)
Notes: 1. Turn off the power switch, and turn it on again after 5 seconds or more. Check the error
condition, and diagnose the problem.
2. Turn off the power switch. After 5 seconds or more, disconnect the connection wire (2). Then
turn on the power switch. If the HAP on the outdoor unit PCB flashes after about 10 seconds,
the indoor unit PCB is faulty.
3. Also check for open phase.
Remark: The error detection monitor continues to indication the previously generated error until the
power switch is turned off.
Be sure to turn off the power switch after inspection.
Troubleshooting 153
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display SiBE28-804
5. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display /

LED Display
Explanation for 5 : LED blinks / 4 : LED on / 7 : LED off / — : No connection with troubleshooting
Symbols
: High probability of malfunction
: Possibility of malfunction
: Low probability of malfunction
— : No possibility of malfunction (do not replace)
5.1 Indoor Malfunctions
Indoor Indoor Unit Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of

Unit LED Display Controller Malfunction
Malfunctions Note 2 Display (Reference
H1P H3P Other PC Board Page)
than PC Outdoor Indoor Remote
Board Unit Unit Controller
5 5 *Note 1 — — — — Normal → to outdoor unit —
5 4 A1 — — — Malfunction indoor unit PC 159
5 7 board (For troubleshooting
by LED, refer to P152.)
4 —
7 —
5 5 A3 — — — Malfunction of drain water 160
level system
5 5 AF — — — Malfunction of drain 167
system
5 5 A6 — — Indoor unit fan motor lock 162
5 5 A7 — — Swing flap motor 164
malfunction / Lock
5 5 A8 — — Abnormal power supply 166
voltage
5 5 AJ — — Malfunction of capacity 169
setting
5 5 C1 — — Failure of transmission 171
(between indoor unit PC
bcard and fan PC board)
5 5 C4 — — Malfunctioning heat 173
exchanger thermistor
system.
5 5 C6 — — Failure of combinotion 175
(between indoor unit PC
bcard and fan PC board)
5 5 C9 — — Malfunctioning suction air 173
thermistor system.
5 5 CJ — — — Malfunctioning remote 176
controller air thermisto
5 5 CC — — Humidity sensor system 177
malfunction
154 Troubleshooting
SiBE28-804 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display
5.2 Outdoor Malfunctions
Outdoor Unit Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of

Malfunction Controller Other PC Board Malfunction
Display than PC (Reference
Outdoor Indoor Remote Page)
E1 — — Outdoor unit PC board 178
malfunction
E3 — — — Abnormality of high pressure 179
(HPS)
E4 — — Abnormality of low pressure 181
(outdoor)
E5 — — Compressor motor lock 183
malfunction
E7 Malfunction of outdoor unit fan 185
motor
E9 — — Malfunction of Electronic 188
expansion valve
F3 — — Discharge pipe temperature 191
malfunction
H3 — — Faulty high pressure switch 193
(HPS)
H9 — — Malfunction of outdoor air 194
temperature sensor system
J1 — — Malfunction of pressure sensor 195
J3 — — Malfunction of discharge pipe 194
J5 — — Suction pipe thermistor 194
malfunction
J6 — — Malfunction of heat exchanger 194
J7 — — Malfunction of subcooling heat 194
exchanger thermistor (outdoor
unit)
J8 — — Malfunction of liquid pipe 194
thermistor (outdoor unit)
L1 — — Outdoor PC board malfunction 197
L4 — — High temperature of radiation fin 199
L5 — — Overcurrent of DC output 201
(instantaneous)
L8 — — Electronic thermal switch 203
(time lag)
L9 — — Stall prevention (time lag) 205
LC — — Malfunction of transmission 207
system (between control PC
board and inverter PC board)
P1 — — Open phase or voltage 209
unbalance
P4 — — Malfunction of radiator fin 210
temperature thermistor
PJ — — Error in capacity setting 211
U0 — — — Gas shortage 212
U2 — — Abnormal power supply voltage 214
Notes: 1. Possibility of open phase in power supply.
Troubleshooting 155
5.3 System Malfunctions
System Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of

Malfunction Controller Other PC Board Malfunction
Display than PC Outdoor (Reference
Indoor Remote Page)
U4 — Transmission error (between 216
or UF indoor and outdoor unit)
UF — Malfunction of transmission 219
(between indoor and outdoor unit)
or
Piping and wiring mismatch
or
Gas shortage
U5 — Transmission error (between 220
indoor and remote controller)
U8 — Transmission error between 221
“main” remote controller and
“sub” remote controller
UA — — Excessive indoor units connected 222
to this system.
UC — — Centralized address setting error 224
156 Troubleshooting
5.4 Overview of the Outdoor Safety Devices
High pressure switch Fuse
Open Close
RZQ(S)71 4.0 Mpa +0/-0.15 3.0 +/-0.15 6.3A/250V
RZQ(S)100
RZQ(S)125
RZQ(S)140
Troubleshooting 157
5.5 Overview of the Indoor Safety Devices
Thermal protector Thermal fuse fan motor
Abnormal Reset (automatic)
FFQ35~60 >130°C +/-5°C <83°C +/-20°C N.A.
FCQ35~71 >130°C +/-5°C <83°C +/-20°C N.A.
FCQ100~140 >140°C +/-5°C <45°C +/-15°C N.A.
FBQ35~125 N.A. N.A. >152°C
FDQ125 N.A. N.A. >160°C
FHQ35~125 >130°C +/-5°C <83°C +/-20°C N.A.
FUQ71~125 >130°C +/-5°C <83°C +/-20°C N.A.
FAQ71/100 >130°C +/-5°C <83°C +/-20°C N.A.
FVQ71~125 >130°C +/-5°C <115°C N.A.
158 Troubleshooting
5.6 “A1” Malfunctioning Indoor PC Board

Remote A1
Controller
Display
LED indications The table below shows the LED indications.

Operation HAP (green) HBP (green)
Normal 5 5
5 4
5 7
Malfunctioning
4 —
7 —
Error generation The error is generated when the data from the EEPROM is not received correctly.
EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory): A memory chip that holds
its content without power. It can be erased, either within the computer or externally and usually
requires more voltage for erasure than the common +5 volts used in logic circuits. It functions
like non-volatile RAM, but writing to EEPROM is slower than writing to RAM.
Supposed The possible cause is a malfunctioning indoor PC board.

Causes
Troubleshooting
Switch the power off

and on again to restart.
Normal reset? NO Replace

indoor PC board.
YES
The malfunction may be caused by an

external factor, rather than damaged parts.
Locate the cause and correct the situation.
Troubleshooting 159
5.7 “A3” Malfunction of Drain Water Level System

Remote A3
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is generated when the water level reaches its upper limit and when the float switch
turns OFF.
Supposed The possible causes are:

Causes Malfunctioning drain pump
Improper drain piping work
Drain piping clogging
Malfunctioning float switch
Malfunctioning indoor unit PC board
Malfunctioning short-circuit connector X15A on PC board.
160 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Begin
Is
Is the Is the the short
NO optional NO circuit connector NO Connect the
unit a drain raising Short-circuit
cassette or connected to X15A on
mechanism the indoor unit connector.
built-in
PCB?
YES
YES
YES
Check the continuity of the
short-circuit connector.
YES
Is a
drain pump NO Connect Is there NO Connect the
connected to the the drain continuity? Short-circuit
indoor unit pump. connector.
PCB?
YES
YES Replace the

indoor unit PCB.
Set to
Does the "emergency"
drain pump work after NO
and check
restarting operation? the voltage
of X25A.
YES
Is
Is the the float Connect Replace
drain water level NO NO 220-240 NO
switch connected float indoor unit
abnormally to X15A? switch VAC? PC board.
high?
YES YES YES
There is a Remove the float switch Replace the

malfunction of from X15A, short-circuit drain pump.
the drain system. X15A, and restart operation.
Does
"A3" appear on NO Replace
the remote controller float switch.
display?
YES
Replace indoor
unit PC board.
Note: If "A3" is detected by a PC board which is not mounted with X15A, the PC board is defective.
Troubleshooting 161
5.8 “A6” Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock

Remote A6
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is generated when the fan rotations are not detected while the output voltage to the
fan is at its maximum.

Causes Malfunctioning indoor unit fan motor
Broken or disconnected wire
Malfunctioning contact
Malfunctioning indoor unit PC board.
162 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Check the
connections of X20A
and X26A.
Are
X20A and NO Connect
X26A X20A and X26A
properly correctly.
YES
Unplug X26A
and switch the
power supply on.
Check the voltage

between pins 1
and 3 of X26A.
Is
there about NO Replace indoor
12 VDC? unit PC board.
YES
Check indoor unit

fan motor and
motor wiring.
Troubleshooting 163
5.9 “A7” Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock

Remote A7
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is detected by the limit switch when the motor turns.
When ON/OFF of the microswitch for position detection cannot be reversed eventhough the
swing flap motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).

Causes Failure of swing flap motor
Failure of microswitch
Failure of connector connection
Failure of indoor unit PC board
164 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Are
the connectors
correctly connected NO
Connect correctly.
to X29A and X14A
on the PC
board?
YES
Is the limit
switch's transfer NO
connector correctly Connect correctly.
connected?
YES
Turn the power supply

off once and back on,
and check whether the
swing flap motor swings
when the power supply
is turned back on.
Disconnect X14A, turn

the power supply off once
Does the swing YES and back on, and check if
flap motor swing? the limit switch has
continuity when the power
supply is turned back on.
NO
Turn the power supply

off once and back on, Does
and measure the output continuity/ YES
voltage of connector no continuity
X29A when the power reverse?
supply is turned back on.
NO
NO
220-240 VAC? Replace the indoor
unit PC board.
YES
Replace the swing
flap motor.
Troubleshooting 165
5.10 “A8” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage

Remote A8
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Method of Detect malfunction checking the input voltage of fan motor.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the input voltage of fan motor is 150V and below, or 386V and above.
Decision
Conditions

Causes Power-supply voltage malfunction.
Connection defect on signal line.
Wiring defect.
Instantaneous blackout, others.
Troubleshooting
Check the condition of
the power source.
Check if power-supply
voltage is 220V - 240V
± 10%.
Check if there is power
open phase or faulty
wiring.
Check if power-supply
voltage side unbalance
is within 6V.
There
are problems on YES
the condition of power Correct any fault.
source described
above.
NO
"A8"
Reoccurrence YES
Check and correct each wiring.
of malfunction.
NO
It is possible to have external
factor, such as brownout and
instantaneous blackout.
166 Troubleshooting
5.11 “AF” Malfunctioning Drain System

Remote AF
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is generated when the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is
OFF.

Causes Error in the drain pipe installation
Malfunctioning float switch
Troubleshooting 167
Troubleshooting
Are float Possible failure of float

switch and drain NO switch. Check to see if drain-
pipe normal? up height and horizontal pipe
length exceed specifications.
YES
Is water Clogged drain water
NO
drainage system discharge system
normal? Clogged drain pump
Faulty float switch
∗ In FHQ and FAQ problems can also
YES
occur in the optional drain-up kit. Replace indoor unit PC board.
Check to see if drain-up
height and horizontal pipe
length exceed specifications.
Is drain-up NO
kit installed? Check jumper connector
X15A.
YES
Is drain pump NO Check drain pump and

normal? drain pipe.
YES
Is
amount Check water drainage
of circulated drain NO system.
water excessive after Check to see if drain-up
pump stops height and horizontal pipe
operation? length exceed specifications.
YES
Does drain
water flow in NO Faulty trap in water
reverse during non drainage system
operation?
YES Replace indoor unit PC
board.
168 Troubleshooting
5.12 “AJ” Malfunctioning Capacity Setting

Remote AJ
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is generated when the following conditions are fulfilled:
Condition Description
1 The unit is in operation.
The PCB’s memory IC does not contain the capacity code.
The capacity setting adaptor is not connected.
2 The unit is in operation.
The capacity that is set, does not exist for that unit.

Causes Malfunctioning capacity setting adaptor connection
Capacity setting The capacity is set in the PC board’s memory IC. A capacity setting adaptor that matches the
adaptor capacity of the unit is required in the following case:
In case the indoor PC board installed at the factory is for some reason changed at the
installation site, the capacity will not be contained in the replacement PC board. To set the
correct capacity for the PC board you have to connect a capacity setting adaptor with the
correct capacity setting to the PC board. The capacity setting for the PC board will become the
capacity setting of the adaptor because the capacity setting adaptor has priority.
Troubleshooting 169
Troubleshooting
Check if the capacity setting
adapter is plugged into X23A of
the indoor PC board.
Is the
capacity
setting adapter NO Plug a capacitor setting
plugged into X23A of the adapter that matches the
indoor unit capacity of the unit into X23A.
PC board?
YES
Switch the power

supply off and
back on again.
Is "AJ"
displayed on the NO The malfunction was caused
remote controller? by a missing capacity resistor.
YES
Replace indoor
unit PC board.
170 Troubleshooting
5.13 “C1” Failure of transmission (between indoor unit PC

Remote C1
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Method of Check the condition of transmission between indoor PC board (A1P) and PC board for fan
Malfunction (A2P) using computer.
Detecion
Malfunction When normal transmission is not conducted for certain duration.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Connection defect of the connecter between indoor PC board (A1P) and PC board for fan
Causes (A2P).
Malfunction of indoor PC board (A1P).
Malfunction of PC board for fan (A2P).
External factor, such as instantaneous blackout.
Troubleshooting 171
Troubleshooting
Is the connector
between indoor PC board (A1P) and NO
Connect the connector accurately.
PC board for fan (A2P) accurately
connected? (*1)
Confirm the condition

of transmission on
indoor PC board
using local installation
mode. (*2)
Under above local NO

installation mode, installation Replace indoor PC board (A1P).
position is "01".
Connect the
connecter X70A and
turn on the power
again.
"C1"
Malfunction YES
Replace PC board for fan (A2P).
breaks out
again.
NO
Connect it and operate (It is
possible to have a cause, such
as instantaneous blackout)
∗1. Pull out and insert the connecter once and check it is absolutely connected.
∗2. Method to check transmission part of indoor PC board.
Turn off the power and remove the connecter X70A of indoor PC board (A1P).
Short-circuit X70A.
After turning on the power, check below numbers under local setting remote control.
(Confirmation: Setting position NO. at the condition of setting switch No. 21 on mode No.
41)
↓
Determination 01: Normal
Other than 01: Transmission defect on indoor PC board
★ After confirmation, turn off the power, take off the short-circuit and connect X70A back to
original condition.
172 Troubleshooting
5.14 “C4”, “C9” Thermistor Abnormality

Remote The table below describes the two thermistor abnormalities.
Controller Error Description
Display C4 Malfunctioning heat exchanger thermistor system.
C9 Malfunctioning suction air thermistor system.

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is generated when during compressor operation:

Thermistor input > 4.96 V, or
Thermistor output < 0.04 V.

Causes Malfunctioning connector connection
Malfunctioning thermistor
Malfunctioning PC board
Broken or disconnected wire.
Checking Refer to P227.

thermistors
Troubleshooting 173
Troubleshooting
Check the connector

connection.
Is it connected NO Correct the

properly? connection.
YES
Check the thermistor

resistance.
Is it normal? NO Replace the

thermistor.
YES
Check the contact between

thermistor and PC board.
Is the NO
contact OK? Correct contact.
YES C4: Indoor liquid pipe thermistor (R2T).

C9: Air suction thermistor (R1T).
Replace outdoor
unit PC board.
174 Troubleshooting
5.15 “C6” Failure of combination (between indoor unit PC

Remote C6
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Method of Conduct open line detection with PC board for fan (A2P) using indoor PC board (A1P).
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the communication data of PC board for fan (A2P) is determined as incorrect.
Decision
Conditions

Causes Malfunction of PC board for fan (A2P).
Connection defect of capacity setting adapter.
Setting mistake on site.
Troubleshooting
Is the
type of PC NO
board for fan (A2P) Replace it with correct PC board for
correct? fan (A2P).
(*1)
YES
Was
NO indoor PC board
(A1P) replaced with
supplementary PC
board?
YES
Was
correct capacity setting NO
adapter installed when replacing it Install correct capacity setting
with supplementary PC adapter.
board?
YES
After establishing transmission
for indoor and outdoor,
diagnose the operation again.
Troubleshooting 175
5.16 “CJ” Malfunctioning Remote Controller Air Thermistor

Remote CJ
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is generated when the remote controller thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted
while the unit is running.
Even if the remote controller thermistor is malfunctioning, the system can operate with the
system thermistor.

Causes Malfunctioning thermistor
Broken wire.
Troubleshooting
Turn the power

supply off once and
then back on
Is
"CJ"
displayed on YES
the remote Replace remote controller.
controller?
NO
Could be outside cause
(noise...) other than
malfunction
176 Troubleshooting
5.17 “CC” Humidity Sensor System Malfunction

Remote CC
Controller
Display

Normal 5 5
Malfunctioning 5 5
Error generation The error is generated when the humidity sensor becomes disconnected or shorted while the
unit is running.
Even if the sensor is malfunctioning, the system can operate.

Causes Malfunctioning sensor
Broken wire.
Troubleshooting
Turn the power

supply off once and
then back on
Is
"CC"
displayed on YES
the remote Replace indoor unit PC board
controller? (A3P).
NO
Could be outside cause
(noise...) other than
malfunction
Troubleshooting 177
5.18 “E1” Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board

Remote E1
Controller
Display
Method of Microcomputer checks whether E2PROM is normal.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction E2PROM:
Decision When E2PROM malfunctions when turning the power supply on
Conditions
Supposed Faulty outdoor unit PC board

Causes
Troubleshooting
Turn the power

supply off once and
then back on
YES
Is normal reset possible? Problem could be caused by
external factor (noise, etc.)
other than malfunction.
NO
Turn
the power
supply off and
disconnect the fan motor YES
connector from the PC board, Replace the outdoor PC board.
then turn the power supply
on again. Is "E1"
displayed?
NO
Fan motor check
178 Troubleshooting
5.19 “E3” Abnormal High Pressure (Detected by the HPS)

Remote E3
Controller
Display
Method of The protection device circuit checks continuity in the high pressure switch.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the high pressure switch is actuated

Decision Actuating pressure:
Conditions RZQ(S)71~140
Supposed Faulty high pressure switch

Causes Disconnection in high pressure switch harness
Faulty connection of high pressure switch connector
Clogged indoor unit suction filter (in heating operation)
Dirty outdoor unit heat exchanger
Faulty outdoor unit fan
Refrigerant overcharge
Stop valve is left in closed.
HPS settings The table below contains the preset HPS values.
High pressure switch Fuse
Open Close
RZQ(S)71 4.0 Mpa +0/-0.15 3.0 +/-0.15 6.3A/250V
RZQ(S)100
RZQ(S)125
RZQ(S)140
Troubleshooting 179
Troubleshooting
Check the installation

conditions.
Is the NO
stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Are
control and
protection HPS NO
connected to outdoor unit Connect correctly.
PC board?
(Note)
YES
Turn off the power supply.

Wait for 10 minutes after
compressor stops operating,
then check the following.
Is there
continuity in control and NO
Replace HPS with no
protection HPS? continuity.
YES Check 6 (P230)

Is high pressure YES
Correct the high pressure.
abnormally high?
NO
Set the remote controller

and turn on again.
Is the YES
malfunction code of “H3” Replace the high pressure
displayed? switch (HPS).
NO
Replace the outdoor PC board

(A1P).
(S2582)
180 Troubleshooting
5.20 “E4” Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor: Single phase C

Series
Remote E4
Controller
Display
Applicable RZQ71~140C7V1B, RZQS71~140C7V1B

Models
Method of [In cooling]

Malfunction Detect malfunctions by the pressure sensor (S1NPH).
Detection [In heating]
Detect malfunctions by the heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistor (R4T).
Malfunction [In cooling]

Decision When the detection pressure is the following value
Conditions 0.12 MPa or less continues for 5 minutes
When the saturated pressure equivalent to the detection temperature is the following value
0.12 MPa or less continues for 5 minutes
Supposed The stop valve remained closed

Causes Faulty pressure sensor and intermittent harness
Faulty outdoor PC board
Abnormal drop of low pressure
(Inadequate refrigerant)
(Abnormal refrigerant piping system (liquid pipe system))
(Faulty electronic expansion valve)
Troubleshooting 181
Troubleshooting
NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
NO
Is it in cooling operation?
(In heating
operation)
Is
YES the heat
(In cooling exchanger distribution pipe
operation) thermistor (connector : X12A) properly NO
Connect the connector
connected to the outdoor properly.
PC board?
Is
the pressure
sensor (connector : YES
NO
X17A) properly connected Connect the connector
to the outdoor properly.
PC board? Remove the thermistor from the
outdoor PC board and measure
YES resistance between the pins (5)
and (6).
Measure voltage between
the connector pins (1) and
(3) above. (refer to *1) Is
it normal? NO
(See Check 11 ) Replace the group
(P235) thermistor.
Is
the relation
between low pressure NO
and voltage normal? Replace the pressure
(refer to *2) sensor.
YES YES
Is low-pressure
abnormally low? NO
Replace the outdoor PC
Check 7 (P231) board (A1P).
∗ Replace the PC
YES board equipped
with resin case.
Correct the refrigerant
system defect.
*1: Voltage measurement point *2: “Pressure Sensor”, pressure / voltage characteristics table.
3.0
PH
2.5
Detected pressure PH (MPa)
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
PH = 1.38V-0.69
PH : Detected pressure (MPa)
-0.5 V : Output Voltage (V)
-0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Output voltage V VDC
182 Troubleshooting
5.21 “E5” Compressor Motor Lock

Remote E5
Controller
Display
Applicable RZQ(S)71~140
Models
Method of Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVWN line connected between the inverter and
Malfunction compressor, and detects the position signal pattern.
Detection
Malfunction The position signal with 3 times cycle as imposed frequency is detected when compressor
Decision motor operates normally, but 2 times cycle when compressor motor locks. When the position
Conditions signal in 2 times cycle is detected
Supposed Compressor lock

Causes High differential pressure (2.6MPa or more) starting
Incorrect UVWN wiring
Faulty inverter PC board
Stop valve is left in closed.
Troubleshooting 183
Troubleshooting
Check the installation
conditions.
Is the
stop valve NO
Open the stop valve.
open?
YES
Is the
UVWN wiring NO
Connect correctly.
normal?
YES
Is high
pressure higher YES
than 2.6 MPa Remedy the cause.
at starting?
NO
Check
and see
whether compressor is YES
short-circuited or
ground.
NO
Are
inverter output
voltages the same for NO
Replace the inverter PC board.
3 phases?
YES
Does low or
high pressure vary YES
even instantaneously
when restarting
compressor?
NO
184 Troubleshooting
5.22 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor

Remote E7
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Abnormality of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC
Malfunction when the fan motor runs.
Detection
Malfunction When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 15 seconds or more when the fan
Decision motor running conditions are met
Conditions When connector detecting fan speed is disconnected
When malfunction is generated 4 times, the system shuts down.
Supposed Malfunction of fan motor

Causes The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected, or faulty
connector
Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled
Malfunction of the outdoor (inverter) PC board
Blowout of fuse
Troubleshooting 185
Troubleshooting
Is the supply NO
voltage within the range 180 to Ask repair so that the
220 VAC ? supply voltage will be
within the normal range.
YES
Turn OFF the power again

(and wait for 10 minutes).
Is the fan
motor connector correctly NO
Properly connect the
connected to the outdoor PC connector.
board?
YES
Is there NO
any foreign matter around Remove the foreign
the fan? matter.
YES
Remove the fan motor

connector.
Is the fan NO
rotatable easily by hand? Replace the fan motor.
YES
Check 9 check the resistance

value for the fan motor. (P233)
186 Troubleshooting
Is the
NO
resistance value of the fan Replace the fan motor.
motor normal?
YES
Is the fuse NO
conductive? (*1) Replace the fuse.
YES
Properly plug the fan motor connector

and then turn ON the power again.
YES
Dose "E7" appear again? Replace the outdoor PC
board (A2P).
NO
There is no problem with
the unit. An external
factor (noise, etc.) other
than unit failure may be
a cause of the
malfunction.
*1 Fuse conductive
RZQ71~140C7V1B, RZQS71~140C7V1B F6U
Troubleshooting 187
5.23 “E9” Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve

Remote E9
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Method is determined according to the suction pipe superheat degree and electronic expansion
Malfunction valve opening degree calculated by values of low pressure sensor and suction pipe temperature
Detection thermistor.
Malfunction When the following conditions are met for 10 minutes

Decision Suction pipe superheat degree < 4°C
Conditions Minimum electronic expansion valve opening degree
Connector of electronic expansion valve is missing when the power is on.
Supposed Faulty electronic expansion valve

Causes Faulty solenoid valve
Faulty check valve
Disconnection of electronic expansion valve harness
Faulty connection of electronic expansion valve connector
Faulty each thermistor
Faulty mounting
Faulty pressure sensor
Faulty Outdoor control PC board
188 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power supply

once and then turn it ON again.
Does the
NO
malfunction code
"E9" recur?
YES
Is
the electronic
expansion valve
connector properly NO
Connect properly.
connected to the outdoor
PC board?
(∗1)
YES
Is
the coil
resistance of the NO
electronic expansion Replace the coil
valve normal? of the electronic
(∗2) expansion valve.
YES
Is
the temperature
sensor of each thermistor
(suction pipe, discharge pipe, intermediate NO
heat exchanger and heat exchanger
Mount properly.
distribution pipe thermistors)
mounted properly?
YES
Are
the characteristics NO
of each thermistor normal? Replace the
(∗3) abnormal thermistor.
YES
Are
the pressure sensor NO
characteristics normal? Replace the
(∗4) pressure sensor.
YES
Troubleshooting 189
Actually, it is in wet operation.
Refer to Check 13,14,15 (P236~239) to

eliminate the causes of wet operation.
Restart operation.
Does
the malfunction YES
code "E9"
board (A1P).
recur?
NO
It is believed that factors
∗1: Electronic expansion valve and connector No. (noise, etc.,) other than failure
RZQ71~140C7, RZQS71~140C7 → X21A caused the malfunction.
∗2: Electronic expansion valve connector and
coil resistance criteria
(White) 1 (Orange) 1
(Yellow) 2 Measurement (Red) 2 Measurement

Criteria Criteria
spot spot
(Orange) 3 (Yellow) 3
1-6 40 ~ 50Ω 1-5 40 ~ 50Ω
(Blue) 4 3-6 40 ~ 50Ω (Black) 4 2-5 40 ~ 50Ω
2-5 40 ~ 50Ω 3-5 40 ~ 50Ω
(Brown) 5 (Gray) 5
4-5 40 ~ 50Ω 4-5 40 ~ 50Ω
(Red) 6 COM (+) (Gray) (White) 6
RZQ71C7V1B RZQ100~140C7V1B
∗3: For thermistor temperature and 3.5
resistance characteristics, Refer

Detected pressure
to Check 4,5 on P228~229. 3.0

∗4: For voltage characteristics of the PH
pressure sensor, see the right 2.5
figure.
2.0
1.5
PH
(MPa) 1.0
0.5
0
P = 1.38V – 0.69
P : Detected pressure (MPa)
V : Output voltage –0.5
–0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
Output voltage V (VDC)
190 Troubleshooting
5.24 “F3” Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe Temperature

Remote F3
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe
Malfunction temperature sensor.
Detection
Malfunction When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level
Decision When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly
Conditions
Supposed Faulty discharge pipe thermistor

Causes Faulty connection of discharge pipe thermistor
Insufficient refrigerant amount
Faulty compressor
Disconnection of discharge pipe thermistor
Troubleshooting 191
Troubleshooting
Is the
discharge pipe YES
temperature high? Abnormality in refrigerant system
(See *1.) such as gas shortage, faulty
compressor, etc. Conduct
inspection
NO
Is the
discharge pipe
thermistor correctly NO
Connect correctly, and operate the
connected to PCB
(A1P)? unit again.
YES
Is the
discharge pipe
thermistor attached to the NO
Attach the thermistor, and operate
discharge pipe? the unit again.
YES
Is the
discharge pipe
thermistor characteristic NO
Replace the discharge pipe
normal? thermistor.
(*2.)
YES
(A1P).
*1 Temperature varies depending on model type.
Model name Temperature
RZQ71C7V1B,
110˚C
RZQS71·100C7V1B
RZQ100 ~ 140C7V1B,
115˚C
RZQS125·140C7V1B
*2 Refer to “ Check 5 (P229)” for "Thermistor temperature – resistance conversion table”
192 Troubleshooting
5.25 “H3” Malfunctioning HPS System

Remote H3
Controller
Display
Models
Method of The protection device circuit checks continuity in the high pressure switch.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When there is no continuity in the high pressure switch during compressor stops operating.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Incomplete high pressure switch

Causes Disconnection in high pressure switch harness
Faulty connection of high pressure switch connector
Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Disconnected lead wire
Troubleshooting

Is
protection HPS
connector (*1) correctly NO
Connect correctly.
connected to outdoor
unit PC board?
YES
Wait for 10 minutes after

the unit stops operating,
then check the following.
Is there
continuity in each NO
Replace HPS with no
protection HPS?
continuity.
Resistance in normal
YES operation :
10Ω or less
Is there NO
continuity in lead Replace the lead wire.
wire?
YES
Replace the outdoor inverter PC
board (A2P).
RZQ100~140C7,
RZQS125·140C7:
*1 Connector symbol (A1P).
RZQ71 ~ 140C7,
X32A (A1P)
RZQS71~140C7
Troubleshooting 193
5.26 “H9”, “J3”, “J5”, “J6”, “J7”, “J8” Malfunction of Thermistor

System
Remote H9, J3, J5, J6, J7, J8
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by each individual thermistor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When thermistor is disconnected or short-circuited during operation

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Faulty thermistor

Causes Faulty connection of connector
Faulty outdoor unit PC board (control PC board)
Troubleshooting
Check connectors for

connection.
NO
Normal? Connect correctly.
YES
Remove thermistor from

outdoor unit PC board,
then measure the
resistance using a tester.
NO
Normal? Replace the thermistor.
YES
(A1P).
H9 : Malfunction of outdoor temperature thermistor system
J3 : Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor system
J5 : Malfunction of suction pipe thermistor system
J6 : Malfunction of heat exchange thermistor
J7 : Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger thermistor
J8 : Malfunction of liquid thermistor
* Refer to P228~229 for “Thermistor temperature/Resistance characteristics”.
194 Troubleshooting
5.27 “J1” Malfunction of Pressure Sensor

Remote J1
Controller
Display
Applicable RZQ71~140C7V1B
Models RZQS71~140C7V1B
Method of The malfunction is detected by the pressure measured with pressure sensor (S1NPH)
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the detect pressure becomes following;

Decision • Detected pressure ≤ -0.05MPa continues 185 sec.
Conditions • Detected pressure ≥ 4.4MPa continues 185 sec.
Supposed Faulty pressure sensor

Causes Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Incorrect connection of connector
Troubleshooting 195
Troubleshooting
Check if the connector for

the pressure sensor (X17A)
is correctly connected to the
outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
NO
Is it connected Connect correctly.
correctly?
YES
Measure the voltage (V)
between the pins # (2) and
(3) of the above connector
(∗1).
YES
Is the relation NO
between the pressure and the Replace the pressure
voltage normal? sensor (S1NPH).
(∗2).
YES
Replace outdoor unit
PC board (A1P).
(V2808)
*1: Voltage measurement point
*2: “Pressure Sensor”, pressure / voltage characteristics table.
3.0
PH
2.5
Detected pressure PH (MPa)
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
PH = 1.38V-0.69
PH : Detected pressure (MPa)
-0.5 V : Output Voltage (V)
-0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Output voltage V VDC
196 Troubleshooting
5.28 “L1” Faulty Outdoor PC Board

Remote L1
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup.
Malfunction Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of
Detection startup.
Detect malfunctions using an MP-PAM series capacitor overvoltage sensor.
Malfunction When over-current is detected at the time of waveform output before operating the
Decision compressor
Conditions When the current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation
When overvoltage occurs in MP-PAM
In case of IGBT malfunction
In case of faulty jumper setting
Supposed Faulty outdoor PC board (A1P)

Causes • IPM failure
• Current sensor failure
• MP-PAM failure
• Failure of IGBT or drive circuit
Troubleshooting 197
Troubleshooting
Is the
power supply voltage NO
between 180 and Request an
improvement to make
220 VAC? the power supply
voltage fall within the
YES standard range.
once.
Is the
lead wire for compressor NO
connected to PC board and compressor Connect tightly and
without becoming correctly.
loose?
YES
Check the resistance value for the

fan motor.
Is the NO
resistance value of the fan Replace the fan motor.
motor normal?
YES
Does the fuse NO

F6U have continuity? Replace the fuse. Use
only specified fuses.
YES
Power ON again.
YES
Does "L1" malfunction Replace the outdoor PC
reoccur? board (A2P).
NO
the cause.
198 Troubleshooting
5.29 “L4” Radiation Fin Temperature Increased

Remote L4
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases abnormally due to faulty heat
Decision dissipation.
Conditions
Supposed Activation of fin thermal switch

Causes Faulty fin thermistor
High outside air temperature
Insufficient cooling of inverter radiation fin
Blocked suction opening
Dirty radiation fin
Faulty outdoor inverter PC board
Troubleshooting 199
Troubleshooting
Can it
be considered that the fin YES
Eliminate the cause.
temperature was high?
(*1)
NO
Is the
connector of the fin thermistor NO
correctly connected to the outdoor Connect correctly.
PC board? (*1)
YES
Check the resistance value of
the thermistor according to
the Troubleshooting "P4".
NO
Is it normally? Go to Malfunction
Diagnosis "P4".
YES
Does the
malfunction code "L4" recur YES
when the unit starts board (A2P).
operation?
NO
Continue operation.
∗ Fin temperature detection value

Detection Reset
RZQ71C7V1B, RZQS71·100C7V1B 87˚C 77˚C
RZQ100~140, RZQS125·140C7V1B 88˚C 78˚C
200 Troubleshooting
5.30 “L5” DC Output Overcurrent (Instantaneous)

Remote L5
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected by converting the current flowing to power transistor into voltage with
Malfunction CT1 (DC current sensor).
Detection
Malfunction When overcurrent has run to power transistor.

Decision (Actuated even by instantaneous overcurrent)
Conditions
Supposed Faulty compressor coil (disconnection, poor insulation)

Causes Compressor startup malfunction (mechanical lock)
Faulty inverter PC board
Instantaneous fluctuation of power supply voltage
Faulty compressor (if bearing is scratched)
The stop valve is left in closed.
Troubleshooting 201
Troubleshooting
Check the
installation conditions.
NO
YES
Is the
compressor coil YES
disconnected or is the Replace the compressor.
insulation
defective?
NO
Turn the main power supply

off, and then disconnect the
connection between the
compressor and inverter.
Check 11 (P235)
Continuity check in the NO
power transistor (IGBT) RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7:
Is the continuity Replace the outdoor PC
normal? board (A2P).
RZQ100~140C7,
YES RZQS125·140C7:
Replace the inverter PC
board (A2P).
Is the
inverter
output voltage
generated approximately NO
at the same increasing speed RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7:
for each phase after * When operating compressor Replace the outdoor PC
turning on again? with compressor output line
(∗) (U-V, V-W, board (A2P).
disconnected, the compressor
W-U) stops due to malfunction after RZQ100~140C7,
elapsed time of 5 seconds. RZQS125·140C7:
Therefore, check the voltage Replace the inverter PC
increase for 5 seconds. board (A2P).
YES
Check the power

supply voltage.
Is
instantaneous voltage YES
Correct the power supply.
drop generated?
NO
Compressor inspection
Inspect according to the
diagnosis procedure for
abnormal noise, vibration,
operating status, etc. of the
compressor.
∗ Approximate value
Instantaneous overcurrent
detection value
RZQ71C7V1B,RZQS71·100C7V1B 32.0A
RZQ100~140,RZQS125·140C7V1B 51.7A
202 Troubleshooting
5.31 “L8” Electronic Thermal (Time Lag)

Remote L8
Controller
Display
Models
Detection Inverter PC board detects the disorder of position signal.
Malfunction When compressor overload (except for when startup) is detected.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed Compressor overload (during operation)

Causes Disconnected compressor coil
Faulty inverter
Faulty compressor (if bearing is scratched)
Troubleshooting 203
Troubleshooting
Is the
secondary
current of the inverter YES
higher than ∗A (see Compressor overload
below) for each Inspection of the compressor
phase? and refrigerant system is
required.
NO

Check 11 (P235)
power transistor (IGBT) Replace the inverter PC
Is the continuity board (A2P).
normal?
YES
Is the
inverter
output voltage
generated
approximately at the same NO
increasing speed on each Replace the inverter PC
phase after turning * When operating compressor board (A2P).
on again? (∗) with compressor output line
(U-V, V-W, disconnected, the compressor
W-U) stops due to malfunction after
elapsed time of 5 seconds.
Therefore, check the voltage
increase for 5 seconds.
YES
Inspect according to the
diagnosis procedure for
abnormal noises, vibration,
operating status, etc.
of the compressor.
∗ Electronic thermal detection value
Detection value
Cooling 13.8A × 260 seconds
RZQ71C7V1B,RZQS71·100C7V1B Heating 14.8A × 260 seconds
Cooling
RZQ100~140,RZQS125·140C7V1B 31A × 5 seconds or 21.1A × 260 seconds
Heating
204 Troubleshooting
5.32 “L9” Stall Prevention (Time Lag)

Remote L9
Controller
Display
Models
Detection Inverter PC board detects the disorder of position signal.
Malfunction When compressor overload (except for when startup) is detected

Decision When position signal is disordered
Conditions
Supposed Faulty compressor (lock)

Causes Pressure differential startup
Faulty inverter
The stop valve is left in closed.
Troubleshooting 205
Troubleshooting
Check the
installation conditions.
NO
YES
Is the
difference between
high and low pressure NO
Insufficient pressure equalization
before startup not more Check refrigerant system.
than 0.2MPa?
YES

Check 11 (P235)
power transistor (IGBT) Replace the inverter PC
Is the continuity board (A2P).
normal?
YES
Is the
inverter output
voltage generated
approximately at the same NO
increasing speed on each Replace the inverter PC
phase after turning * When operating compressor board (A2P).
on again? (∗) with compressor output line
(U-V, V-W, disconnected, the compressor
W-U) stops due to malfunction after
elapsed time of 5 seconds.
Therefore, check the voltage
increase for 5 seconds.
YES
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for abnormal noises,
vibration, operating status, etc. of
the compressor.
206 Troubleshooting
5.33 “LC” Malfunction of Transmission System (between

Control and Inverter PC Board)
Remote LC
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Checks and sees whether transmission between control and inverter PC board is carried out
Malfunction normally.
Detection
Malfunction When the transmission is not carried out in a specified period of time or longer
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Incorrect transmission wiring between control and inverter PC board/insufficient contact in
Causes wiring
Faulty control and inverter PC board
External factors (noise, etc.)
Faulty outdoor Fan motor
Faulty of fan motor connector contact
Troubleshooting 207
Troubleshooting

Is the fan
motor connector NO
Connect the connector, and
connected? turn on again.
YES
Are
connectors
connecting the NO
control and inverter PC Connect the transmission
board connected wiring, and turn on again.
securely?
YES
Is the
transmission
wiring between the
control and inverter YES
Fix the disconnection, and
PC board turn on again.
disconnected?
NO
Disconnect the fan motor

connector, and turn on again.
Is “E7”
displayed on the remote YES
controller? (Is “LC” not Replace the fan motor.
displayed?)
Inverter transmission
malfunctioned due to the
malfunction of fan motor.
NO
Is the
microcomputer NO
normal monitor (green) on RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7:
inverter PC board Replace the outdoor inverter PC
blinking? board (A2P).
RZQ100~140C7,
YES RZQS125·140C7:
(A2P).
Is the
microcomputer
normal LED on control NO
Replace the outdoor PC board (A1P).
PC board
blinking?
YES
Check for faulty connector

connection in the transmission
wiring and for clamps with
high tension line.
208 Troubleshooting
5.34 “P1” Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance

Remote P1
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in
Malfunction inverter.
Detection
Malfunction When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power
Decision supply open phase.
Conditions
Supposed Open phase

Causes Voltage imbalance between phases
 • Faulty main circuit capacitor
 • Power unit (Disconnection in diode module)
 • Faulty Magnetic Relay (K11R, K12R)
 • Improper main circuit wiring
Troubleshooting
Check
LED on the NO
outdoor unit PC board Other factors than open
(Open phase?) phase
YES
Open YES
phase of power supply Field factors
voltage?
NO
Is the voltage YES

imbalance between phases Field factors
large?
(Note)
Target : ±10V between phases, NO
R-S, S-T, T-R Replace the outdoor PC board
(A2P).
Troubleshooting 209
5.35 “P4” Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature

Thermistor
Remote P4
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Detection by open or short circuit of the radiator fin temperature thermistor during the
Malfunction compressor stops operating.
Detection
Malfunction When open or short circuit of the radiator fin temperature thermistor is detected during the
Decision compressor stops operating
Conditions
Supposed Faulty radiator fin temperature thermistor

Causes Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Check LED on the
outdoor unit PC board.
Does the radiator NO

fin temperature thermistor Probe other factors than the malfunction.
malfunction?
YES
Disconnect the connector

from (∗) on inverter PC
board, then check the
thermistor resistance at the
ordinary temperature.
Normal? NO
(Note) Replace the outdoor PC board
(A2P).
YES
NO
Is reset possible? Replace the outdoor PC board
(A2P).
YES
Reset
(∗) Connector number

RZQ71~140C7,
X111A
RZQS71~140C7 (1φ),
* Refer to P228~229 for “Thermistor temperature/Resistance characteristics”.
210 Troubleshooting
5.36 “PJ” Failure of Capacity Setting

Remote PJ
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Check whether set value written in E2PROM (at factory) or set value of capacity setting adaptor
Malfunction (for replacement) is the same as outdoor unit capacity.
Detection
Malfunction When the set value on E2PROM differs from the outdoor unit capacity or a capacity setting
Decision adaptor except for PC board applicable models is installed. (Malfunction decision is made only
Conditions when turning the power supply on.)
Supposed Improper set value of E2PROM

Causes Improper capacity setting adaptor
Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Is the
capacity setting
adapter (CN26) NO
connected to outdoor Connect the adapter for the applicable
unit PC board? model.
(Note)
YES
Make sure that the

combination of connected
capacity setting adapter If incorrect, correct the combination.
(CN26) is correct.
(Note)
Capacity setting adapter is not connected at factory. (Capacity is written in E²PROM.) Capacity
setting adapter is required only when the PC board was replaced with spare PC board.
Troubleshooting 211
5.37 “U0” Gas Shortage (Malfunction)

Remote U0
Controller
Display

Models
Method of (In cooling operation)

Malfunction Detection based on difference in temperature between temperature preset by remote controller
Detection and indoor suction air temperature, motorized valve opening degree, compressor frequency and
low pressure.
(In heating operation)

Detection based on difference in temperature between temperature preset by remote controller
and indoor suction air temperature, motorized valve opening degree during the control of
suction air superheating, high pressure, indoor heat exchanger temperature and indoor suction
air temperature.
Malfunction (In cooling operation)

Decision When compressor frequency does not increase even though the load is heavy because the
Conditions motorized valve is opened to the fullest extent
[If low pressure drops when the compressor is at 41Hz, malfunction is confirmed.]
(In heating operation)

When suction gas superheat degree is large, compressor frequency is low and the motorized
valve is opened to the fullest extent even though heating load is heavy
[If high pressure is lower than saturated pressure for indoor heat exchanger temperature (or
indoor suction air temperature), malfunction is confirmed.]
Supposed Refrigerant shortage (out of gas)

Causes Clogged refrigerant piping system
Mismatching of wiring and piping
212 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Check 13 (P236) Check for

refrigerant shortage.
Is NO
the refrigerant level Collect refrigerant and
proper? recharge a proper
amount of refrigerant
after vacuum drying.
YES
Check the inter-unit wiring and
piping between the indoor and
outdoor units.
Is wiring and NO
piping connection Match wiring and piping
matched? connection.
YES
Check the refrigerant
piping system for
clogging. Check 8 (P232)
Troubleshooting 213
5.38 “U2” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage

Remote U2
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected according to the voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and
Malfunction power supply voltage.
Detection
Malfunction When the voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage drop
Decision (150-170 VAC) or when the power failure of several tons of ms or longer is generated.
Conditions * Remote controller does not decide the abnormality.
Supposed Drop in power supply voltage (180 V or less)

Causes Instantaneous power failure
Inverter open phase (Phase T)
Faulty main circuit wiring
Main circuit parts damaged
214 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Check
LED on outdoor
unit PC board. (Is the NO
Other factors
voltage insufficient?)
YES
Is
the power
supply voltage between NO
Field factors
220~240 VAC
±10%?
YES
NO
Is the wiring correct?
YES
When the compressor is
running, measure the voltage
between + and - of
electrolytic capacitor (C+, C-).
Correct the wiring.
Is the
measured voltage YES
220 VDC or more? Monitor the voltage
(Instantaneous voltage drop)
NO
(A2P).
Troubleshooting 215
5.39 “U4”, “UF” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor

and Outdoor Unit
Remote U4 or UF
Controller
Display
Models
Error generation The error is generated when the microprocessor detects that the transmission between the
indoor and the outdoor unit is not normal over a certain amount of time.

Causes Wiring indoor-outdoor transmission wire is incorrect
Malfunctioning indoor unit PC board
Malfunctioning outdoor unit PC board
burning out fuse
Faulty fan motor
Outside cause (noise...).
216 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Diagnosis of incorrect or broken/disconnected wiring. If the LEDs on the indoor unit PC board
are off, it indicates that the transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units may be
incorrect or broken/disconnected.

Is the
power supply voltage NO
Field factor
between 180 and
220 VAC?
YES
Is wire
control PC board (A1P) and the NO
inverter PC board (A2P) securely Connect
connected without wire correctly/Repair wire
breaking? breaking.
YES
Is
there miswiring,
a wrong wire type, loose NO
terminal or contact failure in the inter-unit Wire correctly and
wiring between the indoor securely fasten the
and outdoor
units? terminal screws.
YES
NO Is any
optional accessory (*1)
connected?
YES
Is the
power for
the optional accessory supplied NO
from between 1 and 2
Wire correctly.
on terminal block
X2M?
YES
Is HAP
on the outdoor PC board YES
blinking? (Outdoor
PC board)
B
NO

and disconnect the connector
of the outdoor fan motor.
Then power ON again.
Is HAP YES
blinking? (Outdoor Replace the outdoor
PC board) fan motor.
NO
Troubleshooting 217
YES
Check the resistance value of
the outdoor fan motor.
Is the
resistance value of the NO
Replace the outdoor fan
outdoor fan motor motor.
normal?
YES
Does the fuse NO

(*2) have continuity? Replace the fuse.
YES
Check 10 Check the fan

output voltage. (P234)
Is the NO
output voltage normal? Replace the outdoor PC board
(A2P).
YES
After turning OFF the power

supply, correctly insert the
connector of the fan motor
and then restore the power.
YES
Does "U4" YES

B malfunction reoccur? Replace the outdoor PC board
(A1P).
NO
After turning OFF the power

supply, correctly insert the
connector of the fan motor
and then restore the power.
Does YES
malfunction "U4" or "UF" Replace the indoor
reoccur? PC board.
NO

the cause.
Note *1: Optional accessories refer to wire adapter, auto grill and other
accessories.
*2: RZQ71~140C7V1B⇒F6U
RZQ71~140C7V1B⇒F6U
218 Troubleshooting
5.40 “UF” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and

Outdoor Unit / Piping and Wiring Mismatch / Gas
Shortage
Remote UF
Controller
Display
Models
Method of Check the transmission between the indoor and outdoor units with a microcomputer when the
Malfunction power turned ON.
Detection Detect by checking the following temperature differences during compressor operation.
A: Difference in temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor (R2T) and
the indoor suction air thermistor (R1T)
B: Difference in evaporation temperature (Te) (or condensation temperature (Tc) during
heating operation) detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor (R2T) and the
compressor sensor
Malfunction When the inter-unit wiring between the indoor and outdoor units is incorrect
Decision When the following conditions continue for 20 minutes during compressor operation
Conditions A: R2T – R1T < 4ºC, and
B: R2T – Te (or Tc during heating operation) > 14ºC (24ºC during heating operation)
Supposed Faulty inter-unit wiring between the indoor and outdoor units
Causes Mismatching of wiring and piping
Refrigerant shortage (out of gas)
Clogged refrigerant piping system
Troubleshooting
Does
"UF" appear when the YES
power is turned
ON? The phase of inter-unit wiring
NO between the indoor and
outdoor units is incorrect.
Correctly connect
inter-unit wiring
between the indoor
and outdoor units.
Is the
connection of inter-unit NO
wiring and piping between the Match the connection
indoor and outdoor units of the inter-unit wiring
matched? and piping between
the indoor and
YES outdoor units.
Check 13 (P236) NO
Is the refrigerant Recharge a proper
level proper? amount of refrigerant
after refrigerant
collection and vacuum
YES drying.
Check 8 (P232)
Check the refrigerant
piping system for
clogging.
Troubleshooting 219
5.41 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Unit

and Remote Controller
Remote U5
Controller
Display
Applicable All models of indoor units

Models
Error generation The error is generated when the microprocessor detects that the transmission between the
indoor unit and the remote controller is not normal over a certain amount of time.

Causes Malfunctioning remote controller
Malfunctioning indoor PC board
Outside cause (noise...)
Connection of two master remote controllers (when using two remote controllers).
Troubleshooting

YES SS1 of both YES

Control by 2 remote remote controllers is Set one of the remote
controllers set to MAIN. controllers to SUB, turn
off the power supply
temporarily, then restart
NO operation.
All Resets
indoor unit normally when
PCB microcomputer NO NO
power supply is turned Indoor unit PC board
normal monitors off temporarily. replacement.
flashing
YES YES
Malfunction could be
produced by noise.
Check the surrounding
area and restart
operation.
Using
multicore
transmission wiring YES
between indoor unit Change to
and remote double-core
controller independent cable.
NO
Is "U5" displayed NO
Failure of remote
constantly? controller PC board or
replacement of defective
indoor unit PC board.
YES
Problem could be
caused by external
factor (noise etc.) other
than malfunction.
220 Troubleshooting
5.42 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between MAIN Remote

Controller and SUB Remote Controller
Remote U8
Controller
Display

Models
Error generation The error is generated when, in case of controlling with two remote controllers, the
microprocessor detects that the transmission between the indoor unit and the remote controllers
(MAIN and SUB) is not normal over a certain amount of time.

Causes Transmission error between MAIN remote controller and SUB remote controller
Connection among SUB remote controllers
Malfunctioning remote controller PC board.
Troubleshooting
SS-1
Controlling NO switch on remote NO
with 2-remote controller PC board is Turn the SS-1 switch of one
controller turned to MAIN remote controller to MAIN.
Turn OFF the power supply,
and restart operation.
YES YES
Both SS-1 Is there

switches on remote NO YES
continuity in remote Turn OFF the power once and
controllers are turned controller wiring?
to SUB restart operation.
Replace remote controller PC
board if any error is
YES generated.
NO
Replace the remote controller
wiring.
Turn the SS-1switch of one

remote controller to MAIN.
Turn OFF the power supply,
and restart operation.
Troubleshooting 221
5.43 “UA” Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch

Remote UA
Controller
Display

Models
Error generation The error is generated when incorrect field settings have been set for pair/twin/triple/double
twin.

Causes Malfunctioning indoor or outdoor unit PC board
Malfunctioning power supply PC board
Indoor-outdoor, indoor-indoor unit transmission wiring
Malfunctioning remote controller wiring.
222 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Is the
remote controller YES
connected to more than Connect the remote controller
one indoor correctly.
unit?
NO
Is
the outdoor unit NO
used for Twin Check setting "No. of
system? Connected Twin System
Indoor Units" of indoor unit.
YES
Is the
setting of NO
Pair/Twin/Triple Set correctly.
set correctly?
YES
Are the Is the

microcomputer NO indoor-indoor NO
normal monitors (HAP) of all and indoor-outdoor Connect correctly.
indoor unit PC board jumper correctly
flashing? connected?
YES
YES
Is
the power NO
supply PCB correctly Connect correctly.
Are the
transmission normal NO connected?
montiors (HBP) of all indoor
unit PC board YES
flashing?
Is there
220-240 VAC NO
between No.1 and No.3 Replace the transformer.
YES of X2M (indoor
Unit)?
Turn the power off once, then
back on, and restart operation. YES
Wiring could be incorrect,
recheck.
Is the
NO indoor-indoor NO
Operating normally? and indoor-outdoor Connect correctly.
jumper correctly
connected?
YES
YES
Indoor unit PC board
replacement.
Operates normally.
Troubleshooting 223
5.44 “UC” Centralized Address Setting Error

Remote UC
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Indoor unit microcomputer detects and judges the centralized address signal according to the
Malfunction transmission between indoor units.
Detection
Malfunction When the microcomputer judges that the centralized address signal is duplicated
Decision
Conditions
Supposed Faulty centralized address setting

Causes Faulty indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Are
devices relating to YES
centralized control connected Change the setting so that the centralized
to the indoor address is not duplicated.
unit?
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
224 Troubleshooting
Check No.1 Outdoor Unit: Checking the Installation Condition
Checking To check the installation condition, proceed as follows:
Check the spaces for all air

passage around the suction
and discharge areas.
Is the NO
minimum space Change the
rescpected? installation location.
YES
Does the
discharged air from NO Is the NO
other outdoor units cause an heat exchanger Clean the heat
increase of the suction clean? exchanger.
temperature?
YES
YES
Change the
installation location. Is there NO
enough Change the
air flow? installation location
or direction.
YES
Check the outdoor ambient

temperature R1T.
This temperature must be
lower than 43˚C.
Troubleshooting 225
Check No.2 Outdoor Unit: Checking the Expansion Valve
Checking To check the electronic expansion valve, proceed as follows:

Step Action
1 Check if the expansion valve connector is correctly inserted in the X12A of A1P.
2 Compare the expansion valve unit with the number of the connector to make sure it is
correctly connected.
3 Switch the power OFF.
4 Switch the power ON to check whether the expansion valve is producing a clicking
sound.
If... Then...
The expansion valve has no clicking Disconnect the valve connector without
sound the clicking sound and proceed to step 5.
5 Check the coil current: Open circuit < normal < short circuit
The table below contains the reference resistance values.
— White Grey Black Yellow Red Orange
White — 45 Ω 45 Ω
Grey — 45 Ω 45 Ω
Black 45 Ω — 90 Ω
Yellow 45 Ω — 90 Ω
Red 45 Ω 90 Ω —
Orange 45 Ω 90 Ω —
6 Check the clicking sound again.
If... Then...
There is a clicking sound The expansion valve works properly.
There is no clicking sound Replace the expansion valve unit.
There is still no clicking sound Replace outdoor PC board A1P.
226 Troubleshooting
Check No.3 Checking the Thermistors
Thermistors If the cause of the problem is related to the thermistors, then the thermistors should be checked
prior to changing the PC board.
For more information about these thermistors, see:

“Wiring Diagrams’’ (outdoor units)
“Functions of Thermistors” on P33.
Overview of The table below contains an overview of the thermistors:

thermistors Thermistor Description
Indoor R1T Suction air thermistor
R2T Heat exchanger thermistor
Outdoor R1T Ambient air thermistor
R2T Discharge pipe thermistor
R3T Suction pipe thermistor
R4T Heat exchanger thermistor
R5T Intermediate heat exchanger thermistor
R6T Liquid pipe thermistor
R10T Power module fin thermistor
Checking To check the thermistors, proceed as follows:

Step Action
1 Disconnect the thermistor from the PC board.
2 Read the temperature and the resistor value.
3 Check if the measured values correspond with the values in the table on the next pages.
Troubleshooting 227
Check No.4 Resistance Conversion Table (Ambient, Coil, Fin)
Temperature – The table below is the thermistor (Indoor : Suction air, Coil / Outdoor : Ambient, Coil, Pipe
resistance without discharge, Fin) temperature – resistance conversion table.
Temp. Temp. Temp.

A (kΩ) B (kΩ) A (kΩ) B (kΩ) A (kΩ) B (kΩ)
(°C) (°C) (°C)
-20 197.81 192.08 20 25.01 24.45 60 4.96 4.87
-19 186.53 181.16 21 23.91 23.37 61 4.79 4.70
-18 175.97 170.94 22 22.85 22.35 62 4.62 4.54
-17 166.07 161.36 23 21.85 21.37 63 4.46 4.38
-16 156.80 152.38 24 20.90 20.45 64 4.30 4.23
-15 148.10 143.96 25 20.00 19.56 65 4.16 4.08
-14 139.94 136.05 26 19.14 18.73 66 4.01 3.94
-13 132.28 128.63 27 18.32 17.93 67 3.88 3.81
-12 125.09 121.66 28 17.54 17.17 68 3.75 3.68
-11 118.34 115.12 29 16.80 16.45 69 3.62 3.56
-10 111.99 108.96 30 16.10 15.76 70 3.50 3.44
-9 106.03 103.18 31 15.43 15.10 71 3.38 3.32
-8 100.41 97.73 32 14.79 14.48 72 3.27 3.21
-7 95.14 92.61 33 14.18 13.88 73 3.16 3.11
-6 90.17 87.79 34 13.59 13.31 74 3.06 3.01
-5 85.49 83.25 35 13.04 12.77 75 2.96 2.91
-4 81.08 78.97 36 12.51 12.25 76 2.86 2.82
-3 76.93 74.94 37 12.01 11.76 77 2.77 2.72
-2 73.01 71.14 38 11.52 11.29 78 2.68 2.64
-1 69.32 67.56 39 11.06 10.84 79 2.60 2.55
0 65.84 64.17 40 10.63 10.41 80 2.51 2.47
1 62.54 60.96 41 10.21 10.00
2 59.43 57.94 42 9.81 9.61
3 56.49 55.08 43 9.42 9.24
4 53.71 52.38 44 9.06 8.88
5 51.09 49.83 45 8.71 8.54
6 48.61 47.42 46 8.37 8.21
7 46.26 45.14 47 8.05 7.90
8 44.05 42.98 48 7.75 7.60
9 41.95 40.94 49 7.46 7.31
10 39.96 39.01 50 7.18 7.04 —
11 38.08 37.18 51 6.91 6.78
12 36.30 35.45 52 6.65 6.53
13 34.62 33.81 53 6.41 6.53
14 33.02 32.25 54 6.65 6.53
15 31.50 30.77 55 6.41 6.29
16 30.06 29.37 56 6.18 6.06
17 28.70 28.05 57 5.95 5.84
18 27.41 26.78 58 5.74 5.43
19 26.18 25.59 59 5.14 5.05
Applicable A: Indoor: Suction air, Coil

sensors Outdoor: Ambient, Coil, Pipe without discharge
B: Outdoor: Fin
228 Troubleshooting
Check No.5 Resistance Conversion Table (Discharge Pipe Sensor)
Temperature – The table below is the discharge pipe thermistor temperature – resistance conversion table.
resistance
Temp. Resist. Temp. Resist. Temp. Resist.
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
— — 60.0 52.8 130.0 5.4
— — 62.0 48.9 132.0 5.4
-6.0 1120.0 64.0 45.3 134.0 4.8
-4.0 1002.5 66.0 42.0 136.0 4.6
-2.0 898.6 68.0 39.0 138.0 4.3
0.0 806.5 70.0 36.3 140.0 4.1
2.0 724.8 72.0 33.7 142.0 3.9
4.0 652.2 74.0 31.4 144.0 3.7
6.0 587.6 76.0 29.2 146.0 3.5
8.0 530.1 78.0 27.2 148.0 3.3
10.0 478.8 80.0 25.4 150.0 3.2
12.0 432.9 82.0 23.7 152.0 3.0
14.0 392.0 84.0 22.1 154.0 2.9
16.0 355.3 86.0 20.7 156.0 2.7
18.0 322.4 88.0 19.3 158.0 2.6
20.0 292.9 90.0 18.1 160.0 2.5
22.0 266.3 92.0 16.9 162.0 2.3
24.0 242.5 94.0 15.8 164.0 2.5
26.0 221.0 96.0 14.8 166.0 2.1
28.0 201.6 98.0 13.9 168.0 2.0
30.0 184.1 100.0 13.1 170.0 1.9
32.0 168.3 102.0 12.3 172.0 1.9
34.0 154.0 104.0 11.5 174.0 1.8
36.0 141.0 106.0 10.8 176.0 1.7
38.0 129.3 108.0 10.2 178.0 1.6
40.0 118.7 110.0 9.6 180.0 1.5
42.0 109.0 112.0 9.0
44.0 100.2 114.0 8.5
46.0 92.2 116.0 8.0
48.0 84.9 118.0 7.6
50.0 78.3 120.0 7.1 —
52.0 72.2 122.0 6.7
54.0 66.7 124.0 6.4
56.0 61.6 126.0 6.0
48.0 57.0 128.0 5.7
Troubleshooting 229
Check No.6 Evaluation of Abnormal High Pressure
Abnormally high pressure level is mostly caused by the condenser side. The following contents
are provided by service engineer based on their field checks. Further, the number is listed in the
order of degree of influence.
In cooling operation
Check items (Possible causes) Judgment
Does the outdoor unit fan run normally? Visual inspection
Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger clogged? Visual inspection
Is there clogging before or after the EV Check if there is a temperature difference before
(capillary)? and after EV (capillary).
Check if the main valve unit of EV operates
(by noise, vibration).
Is the check valve clogged? Check if there is a temperature difference before
*Heat pump model only and after check valve.
→ If YES, the check valve is caught.
Is the HPS normal? Check continuity by using a tester.
Is the outdoor unit installed under such Visual inspection
conditions that short circuit easily occurs?
Is the piping length 5 meters or less? Visual inspection
Does air enter the refrigerant system? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum
drying, and then add proper amount refrigerant.
Is the refrigerant overcharged? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum
In heating operation
Does the indoor unit fan run normally? Visual inspection
Is the indoor unit heat exchanger clogged? Visual inspection
Is the indoor unit installed under such conditions Visual inspection
that short circuit easily occurs?
Check if the main valve unit of EV operates
(by noise, vibration).
and after check valve.
Is the HPS normal? Check continuity using a tester.
Is the piping length 5 meters or less? Visual inspection
Does air enter the refrigerant system? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum
Is the refrigerant overcharged? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum
230 Troubleshooting
Check No.7 Evaluation of Abnormal Low Pressure
Abnormally low pressure level is mostly caused by the evaporator side. The following contents
are provided based on field checking of service engineer. Further, the number is listed in the
order of degree of influence.
Is the indoor unit filter clogged? Visual inspection
Check if the main valve unit of EV operates (by
noise, vibration).
*Heat pump model only and after check valve.
Is the LPS normal? Check continuity using a tester.
Is the indoor unit installed under such conditions Visual inspection
that short circuit easily occurs?
Is the refrigerant gas short? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum
Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger clogged? Visual inspection
Is the outdoor unit installed under such Visual inspection
conditions that short circuit easily occurs?
Check if the main valve unit of EV operates (by
noise, vibration).
and after check valve.
Is the LPS normal? Check continuity using a tester.
Is the refrigerant gas short? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum
Troubleshooting 231
Check No.8 Clogged Points
Temperature differences must occur before or after the clogged points!
3 3
4 5
RAC COMP
Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
Check points Check factor Causes Remedies
1 Around Temperature Dust Replace the

expansion difference Choked moisture expansion valve.
mechanism Reduced effective pipe
diameter due to adherent
contamination, etc.
2 Accumulator Frosting Choked moisture Blow a nitrogen gas,

and then replace the
refrigerant.
3 Distributor Temperature Dust Replace the heat

difference Choked moisture exchanger or
Reduced effective pipe distributor.
diameter due to adherent
contamination, etc.
4 Field piping Temperature Collapsed pipe Replace the pipe.

difference
5 Stop valve Temperature The stop valve is not fully Open the stop valve
difference open. fully.
232 Troubleshooting
Check No.9 Outdoor Unit: Fan Motor Signal Line
For RZQ(S)71~140 models
(1) Turn the power supply off.

(2) With the fan motor connector disconnected, measure the resistance between each pin, then
make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table.
1 White
Measurement point Judgment
2 Orange
1-4 1MΩ or more
3 Brown
GND 2-4 100kΩ or more
4 Blue 3-4 100Ω or more
5 4-7 100kΩ or more
6
7 Red
(S2675)
Troubleshooting 233
Check No.10 Outdoor Unit: Fan Speed Pulse
For 1 Fan & 2 Fan models

(1) Disconnect the connector X2A with the power supply OFF and Operation OFF.
(2) Is the voltage between pins 4 and 3 of X2A about 15 VDC after turning the power supply on?
(3) Is the voltage between pins 4 and 1 of X2A about 5 VDC?
(4) Connect the connector A* with the power supply OFF and Operation OFF.
(5) When making one turn of the upper fan motor by hand after turning the power supply on, is
a pulse (0 and 5 V) generated 4 times between pins 4 and 1 of A*? (Measure at the contact
terminal on the harness side with the connector connected.)
For 2 Fan models

(6) Disconnect the connector X107A with the power supply OFF and Operation OFF.
(7) Is the voltage between pins 4 and 3 of X107A about 15 VDC after turning the power supply
on?
(8) Is the voltage between pins 4 and 1 of X107A about 5 VDC?
(9) Connect the connector X107A with the power supply OFF and Operation OFF.
(10)When making one turn of the lower fan motor by hand after turning the power supply on, is
a pulse (0 and 5 V) generated 4 times between pins 4 and 1 of X107A?
(2) (7): NO → Faulty PC board → Replace the PC board.

(3) (8): NO → Faulty PC board → Replace the PC board.
(5)(10): NO → Faulty hall IC → Replace the DC fan motor.
(2) (3) (5) (7) (8) (10): YES → Replace the PC board.
1 Fan speed pulse input (0V and 5V)
2 0V
3 15V
4 GND
5 NC
6 NC
7 250~350V(during operation)
(S2679)
234 Troubleshooting
Check No.11 Outdoor Unit: Check for Power Transistor
Judgment according to the continuity check by using an analog tester:

(1) Do not touch the charged area (high voltage) for 10 minutes after turning the power supply
off.
(2) If you must touch such an area, make sure that the power supply voltage of power transistor
is 50 V or less.
(3) Disconnect the connector of the outdoor unit fan motor.
When the outdoor unit fan is rotating against a strong wind, the condenser is charged and
electric shock may result. Therefore, disconnect the connector from the outdoor unit fan
motor after confirming that the outdoor unit fan has stopped.
(4) Before measuring the continuity, disconnect the connection between compressor and power
transistor.
(5) Measure the continuity in the following procedure.
[Judgment] Normal if the continuity check results in the following.
Power transistor
(on inverter PC
board)
C+ — U Continuity C- — U ∞
C+ — V Continuity ∗ C- — V ∞
C+ — W Continuity C- — W ∞
U — C+ ∞ U — C- Continuity
V — C+ ∞ V — C- Continuity ∗
W — C+ ∞ W — C- Continuity
(S2678)
* If there is continuity, the resistance should be the same as each phase.

* If a digital tester is used for the measurement of continuity, ∞ and continuity may be
reversed.
Troubleshooting 235
Check No.13 Check for Inadequate Refrigerant

As criteria for judging whether refrigerant is inadequate or not, refer to the following operating
conditions.
<Diagnosis of inadequate refrigerant>

(1) As suction superheat degree increases due to gas shortage, the electronic expansion valve
tends to open (opens fully) in order to avoid overheat operation.
(2) In response to decreased evaporator capacity caused by gas shortage, capacity is
controlled in the inverter in order to maintain low pressure, which results in a decrease in
frequency.
(3) Because of (1) and (2) above, the compressor frequency decreases despite a large
difference (large load) between temperature set by the remote controller and indoor suction
temperature, resulting that cooling capacity becomes unavailable.
(4) If gas shortage worsens, the electronic expansion valve remains fully open and suction
superheat degree further increases. In addition, because the compressor frequency drops
to the level of the lowest frequency (52 Hz) and the refrigerant flow rate decrease, low
pressure cannot be maintained.
Cooling
Gas shortage warning Abnormal gas shortage
High pressure
(Pressure sensor)
As compressor frequency
decreases, high pressure Actual high pressure
decreases.
(Maintains a certain level

Low pressure of low pressure)
(Pressure sensor)
When the refrigerant flow rate

decrease, it is impossible to
maintain a low pressure.
As the electronic expansion valve

opening degree reaches the maximum,
suction superheat degree increases.
Suction superheat degree
In response to decreased evaporator capacity

caused by gas shortage, capacity is controlled in Reaches the lowest frequency
the inverter in order to maintain a low pressure,
which resulting in a decrease in frequency.
The maximum opening degree of the

electronic expansion valve (480 pulses)
Avoid overheat operation by

changing SH target value
Electronic expansion valve
(Degree of inadequate refrigerant)

Adequate level Inadequate
236 Troubleshooting
<Diagnosis of inadequate refrigerant>

(1) As suction superheat degree increases due to gas shortage, the electronic expansion valve
tends to open (opens fully) to avoid overheat operation.
(2) As suction superheat degree increases due to gas shortage, compressor frequency
decreases because suction superheat degree is controlled in order to prevent oil to the
outdoor heat exchanger from being retained.
(3) Because of (1) and (2) above, evaporator capacity and compressor frequency decrease
despite a large difference (large load) between temperature set by the remote controller and
indoor suction temperature, resulting that high pressure cannot be maintained and heating
capacity becomes unavailable. Also a decrease in evaporator capacity frequently puts the
system in defrost operation.
(4) If gas shortage worsens, high pressure becomes smaller than saturated pressure equivalent
to indoor heat exchanger temperature (or indoor suction temperature).
Heating
Gas shortage warning Abnormal gas shortage
(Maintains a certain As compressor frequency

High pressure level of high pressure) decreases, high pressure
(Pressure sensor) decreases.
Indoor heat exchanger temperature (Th2)

Indoor suction temperature (Th1)
Low pressure
(Middle of heat exchanger Tm)
A decrease in evaporator capacity frequently
puts the system in defrost operation.
When frequency drops to the

lowest, a decrease in low
Suction superheat degree increases. pressure becomes larger.
Suction superheat degree Drooping control by suction superheat degree

(Prevention of oil to heat exchanger from
being retained)
In response to decreased evaporator capacity

caused by gas shortage, capacity is controlled in Reaches the lowest frequency
the inverter in order to maintain high pressure,
which resulting in a rise in frequency.
The maximum opening degree of the

electronic expansion valve (480 pulses)
Electronic expansion valve control by avoiding superheat operation

(Degree of inadequate refrigerant)

Adequate level Inadequate
Troubleshooting 237
Check No.14 Check for Excessive Refrigerant Charging

As criteria for judging whether refrigerant is excessively charged or not, refer to the following
operating conditions.
<Diagnosis of excessive refrigerant charging>

(1) Because high pressure rises due to excessive charging, overload control is carried out and
capacity tends to run short.
(2) Considering pressure load, compressor discharge pipe temperature is low.
(3) Subcooled degree of condensate liquid becomes large. Therefore, temperature of blown air
passing through subcooled part decreases in heating operation.
Cooling
As compressor
High pressure frequency decreases,
low pressure rises.
Low pressure
Maximum frequency decreases due to high
pressure protection control
Compressor
frequency Compressor frequency Minimum frequency
increases in order to
maintain low pressure.
opening degree decreases
Electronic due to wet protection control
expansion valve
Minimum opening degree
Suction Suction superheat degree is approx. 0 deg.

superheat degree
Discharge
superheat degree
(Degree of excessive refrigerant charging)

Adequate level Excessive charge
Heating
High pressure
Low pressure
As compressor
frequency decreases,
Compressor low pressure rises.
frequency
Minimum frequency
decreases in order to
maintain high pressure.
Electronic opening degree decreases
due to wet protection control
expansion valve
Minimum opening degree
Suction Suction superheat degree is approx. 0 deg.

superheat degree
Discharge
superheat degree
(Degree of excessive refrigerant charging)

Adequate level Excessive charge
238 Troubleshooting
Check No.15 Check for Factors Causing Wet Operation
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, identify the faulty points.
Faulty crankcase heater

Refrigerant
dwelling
Frequent starts and stops of the compressor
Excessive refrigerant charging ← Refer to Check No. 14 .
Faulty valve coil ← Are the coil resistance

Faulty electronic
and insulation normal?
expansion valve Faulty valve body
Faulty superheat
degree control Faulty low pressure sensor ← Are the voltage characteristics normal?
Faulty control Faulty suction pipe thermistor ← Is the connector properly connected?
Wet operation Are the thermistor resistance
Faulty control PC board
characteristics normal?
← Is the pressure value checked with
the Service Checker corresponding
to the measurement of the sensor?
Dirty evaporator ← Is the heat exchanger clogged?
Decreased
evaporation Faulty fan motor ← Can the fan motor be
capacity rotated with hands?
Decreased Decre-
ased Are the motor coil
fan airflow
fan resistance and insulation
rate Faulty control PC board
output normal?
(including capacity setting)
∗: Reference values for superheat degree to be used in the judgment of wet operation
Suction pipe superheat degree: 4˚C or more Discharge pipe superheat degree: 5˚C or less
(The values above must be used only for reference purposes. Even it is operated within the
range above, operation may be normal in other conditions.)
Troubleshooting 239
240 Troubleshooting
SiBE28-804
Part 7
Appendix
1. Dimensions .........................................................................................242
1.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B...........................................................242
1.2 RZQ100~140C, RZQS125·140C7V1B.................................................243
2. Installation and Service Space
(RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125~140C7).................................................244
2.1 Non Stacked.........................................................................................244
2.2 Stacked ................................................................................................245
2.3 Multiple Rows .......................................................................................245
3. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................246
3.1 Piping Symbol ......................................................................................246
3.2 Pair System ..........................................................................................247
3.3 Twin System.........................................................................................249
3.4 Triple System .......................................................................................251
3.5 Double Twin System ............................................................................252
3.6 Pipe Connection Diameters..................................................................253
3.7 Re-using Existing Field Piping..............................................................254
4. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................260
4.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................260
5. Switch Box Layout...............................................................................262
5.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B...........................................................262
5.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B...............................................263
6. PCB Layout .........................................................................................264
6.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B...........................................................264
6.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B...............................................265
Appendix 241
Dimensions SiBE28-804
1. Dimensions
1.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
1.1.1 Outlook and Dimensions
The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit (mm).
1.1.2 Components
The table below contains the different components of the unit.
No. Component
1 Gas pipe connection φ 15.9 flare
2 Liquid pipe connection φ 9.5 flare
3 Service port (inside the unit)
4 Grounding terminal M5 (inside the switch box)
5 Refrigerant piping intake
6 Power supply wiring intake (Knock hole φ 34)
7 Control wiring intake (Knock hole φ 27)
8 Drain outlet
242 Appendix
SiBE28-804 Dimensions
1.2 RZQ100~140C, RZQS125·140C7V1B

1.2.1 Outlook and Dimensions
The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit (mm).
1.2.2 Components
The table below contains the different components of the unit.
No. Component
1 Gas pipe connection φ15.9 flare
2 Liquid pipe connection φ9.5 flare
3 Service port (inside the unit)
4 Grounding terminal M5 (inside the switch box)
5 Refrigerant piping intake
6 Power supply wiring intake (knock out hole φ34)
7 Control wiring intake (knock out hole φ27)
8 Drain outlet
Appendix 243
Installation and Service Space (RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125~140C7) SiBE28-804
2. Installation and Service Space (RZQ100~140C7,

RZQS125~140C7)
2.1 Non Stacked
The illustrations and table below show the required installation and service space (mm). The
values between brackets are for RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125~140C7 class.
Suction side obstacle 1 In these cases, close the bottom

of the installation frame to
Discharge side obstacle prevent discharged air from being
bypassed
Left side obstacle 2 In these cases, only 2 units can
be installed
Right side obstacle
This situation is not allowed
Top side obstacle
Obstacle is present
244 Appendix
SiBE28-804 Installation and Service Space (RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125~140C7)
2.2 Stacked
The illustration below shows the required installation and service space (mm). The values in
brackets are for RZQ100~140, RZQS125~140 class.
Do not stack more than one unit.
± 100 mm is required as the dimension for laying the upper outdoor unit’s drain pipe.
Get the portion A sealed so that air from the outlet does not bypass.
Obstacles exist in front of the outlet side Obstacles exist in front of the air inlet
2.3 Multiple Rows

The illustration below shows the required installation and service space (mm). The values in
brackets are for the 100~140 class.
Installation of one unit per row Installing multiple units (2 units or more)
in lateral connection per row
Relation of dimensions of H, A and L are shown in the table below.

L A
0 < L ≤ 1/2H 150 (250)
L≤H
1/2H < L 200 (300)
H<L installation impossible
Appendix 245
Piping Diagrams SiBE28-804
3. Piping Diagrams
3.1 Piping Symbol
Components The table below contains the different components of the piping diagrams.
No. Component Function / remark
1 Flare connection See pipe connection diameter.
2 Liquid stop valve The liquid stop valve is used as shut-off valve in case of a pump-down.
Gas stop valve with
3 The gas stop valve is used as shut-off valve in case of a pump-down.
service port
4 Compressor The compressor can restart after 3 min from last stop.
The capillary tube allows pressure equalization during a compressor
5 Capillary tube OFF-cycle.
The expansion valve expands the liquid to enable evaporation in the
Electronic
6 evaporator. The opening degree is controlled to obtain the optimum
expansion valve discharge temperature.
The heat exchanger is of the multi louvre fin type. Hi-X -tubes and
7 Heat exchanger coated waffle louvre fins are used.
The filter is used to collect impurities, which may enter the system
8 Filter during installation and is also used to avoid blockage of the capillaries
and other fine mechanical parts of the unit.
The liquid receiver is used to make sure only completely liquefied
9 Liquid receiver refrigerant is sent to the expansion valve. It is also used as a container
in which surplus refrigerant is stored.
Check valve with
10 The check valve allows you to connect a gauge.
service port
Low-pressure The low pressure sensor is used to control the unit's actuators
11 sensor (expansion valve, frequency,...)
High-pressure The high-pressure switch stops the operation of the unit when the
12 switch pressure becomes abnormally high.
Propeller fan and
13 The propeller fan creates air displacement across the heat exhanger.
fan motor
The one-way valve is used to force the refrigerant liquid to flow through
14 One-way valve the receiver and the expansion valve in the same direction both in
cooling and heating.
The 4-way valve is used to select refrigerant flow in cooling or heating
4-way valve mode.
15 (reversing solenoid When the 4-way valve switches from ON to OFF, a timer starts counting
valve) up to 150 as soon as the cooling or defrosting operation is stopped. This
delay time is to eliminate the switching sound.
16 Muffler The muffler is used to absorb the refrigerant noise from the compressor.
Y1S: Capacity control solenoid valve
17 Solenoid valve Y3S: Liquid injection solenoid valve
SV: Solenoid valve (Purge liquid receiver)
R1T: Air thermistor
18 Thermistor R2T: Coil thermistor
R3T: Discharge pipe thermistor
246 Appendix
SiBE28-804 Piping Diagrams
3.2 Pair System

3.2.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
Note: Piping Symbol Number : Refer to P246.
Appendix 247
3.2.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
8 8 7
15
7
11
12
1 Liquid piping 10
4
8
Gas piping
Indoor unit Heating

Outdoor unit
Cooling
2&3
248 Appendix
3.3 Twin System

3.3.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
Appendix 249
3.3.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
6
7
8 8 7
8 1
15
1
Indoor unit
11
12
7
Liquid piping 10
4
Gas piping 1
8 1 Outdoor unit
Heating
Cooling
1
Indoor unit 2&3
NOTE: The pipes between the branch and the indoor units
should have the same size as the indoor connections.
250 Appendix
3.4 Triple System

3.4.1 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
2&3 8 8 7
8 1
Indoor unit 1
7
15
1
Liquid piping 11
8 1 12
1
Gas piping
Indoor unit 1
10
7 4
Outdoor unit
8 1 Heating
Cooling
NOTE: The pipes between the branch and the indoor units
1 should have the same size as the indoor connections.
Indoor unit
Appendix 251
3.5 Double Twin System

3.5.1 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
7 Indoor unit
8 1 6
8 8 7
1
7
Indoor unit 15
8 1
11
Liquid piping 1 12
1
1
7 Gas piping 10
Indoor unit
4
8 1
Outdoor unit
1 Heating
Cooling
7
Indoor unit 2&3
8 1 NOTE: The pipes between the branch and the indoor units
should have the same size as the indoor connections.
252 Appendix
3.6 Pipe Connection Diameters

Outdoor units The table below contains the refrigerant pipe connection diameters.
Model φ Gas pipe (flare) φ Liquid pipe (flare)
RZQ71C7V1B
RZQ100C7V1B
RZQ125C7V1B
RZQ140C7V1B
15.9 mm 9.52 mm
RZQS71C7V1B
RZQS100C7V1B
RZQS125C7V1B
RZQS140C7V1B
Appendix 253
3.7 Re-using Existing Field Piping

3.7.1 Introduction
When installing a system using an RZQ outdoor unit, existing or pre-installed piping can be
used according to below specified conditions.
In all circumstances where these conditions can not be fully met, new piping has to be installed.
* RZQS can not be reused.
3.7.2 How to Re-use Existing Piping?

Check the existing Non-standard Check the existing pipe size and thickness Not listed
pipe size. size referring to the "(1) SELECTION OF PIPING
MATERIAL" on page 274.
Standard size Check the following item in

"(2) REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZE" and
"(3) ALLOWABLE PIPE LENGTH AND Beyond
HEIGHT DIFFERENCE" on page 276. allowable
length range
See if the length requirements for re-using
the existing piping are as specified. Reuse
All satisfactory
of
No tolerance
See if the reduction of cooling capacity for capacity existing
may cause any problem. reduction pipe
not
allowed
Check the existing pipe length. Longer than 50 m
50 m or less
See if the already installed air conditioner can operate and perform a Operation not possible
pump-down operation. Pump-down operation
not possible
Both operation and pump-down are possible
After 30 minutes of cooling operation, proceed with pump-down operation

without interruption.
Remove the existing air conditioner.
Check the compressor (of the existing air conditioner) for fault records. Exist
None
See if the contamination inside the existing pipe is acceptable. NO
OK
Rework the flare. (For R-410A: See table on page 278)

Use the supplied flare nut.
Existing piping work for new air conditioner
Notes: Oil contamination can be checked using the Daikin “Oil Checker Card”.
Caution: If copper piping is corroded, existing piping re-use is not allowed.

Single side thermal insulation is not allowed for re-use.
See further notes in this section for Twin, Triple and Double Twin applications.
254 Appendix
3.7.3 Precautions on Refrigerant Piping

Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the freezing
cycle (air, moisture,... ). If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the unit, ventilate the
room thoroughly immediately.
Use R-410A only when adding refrigerant.
Make sure all installation tools are designed for use on R-410A refrigerant to withstand the
pressure.
Vacuum pump. Use a 2-stage vacuum pump with a non-return valve. Make sure the pump
oil does not flow oppositely into the new system while the pump is not working. Use a
vacuum pump which can evacuate to -100.7 kPa (5 Torr, -755 mmHg).
Check welded connections for gas leaks, if the local piping has welded connections.
3.7.4 Notes for Twin, Triple and Double Twin

Main piping (L1) can be re-used, size up & size down is allowed (see further in this section
for restrictions).
Re-use of branch piping is not allowed.
Branch piping (L2~L7) can be re-used, but standard pipe size only.
Pair Twin Triple Double twin L4
L2 L2 L5
H2
L2 L3 L6
H2
H1
H2
L1 L1 L3 L1 L4 L1 L3 L7
H1
H1
H1
3.7.5 Selection of Piping Material

Construction material: phosphoric acid deoxidized seamless copper for refrigerant.
Temper grade: use piping with temper grade in function of the pipe diameter as listed in
table below.
The pipe thickness of the refrigerant piping should comply with relevant local and national
regulations. The minimal pipe thickness for R-410A piping must be in accordance with the
table below.
Pipe φ Temper grade of piping material Minimal thickness t(mm)
6.4 / 9.5 / 12.7 O 0.80
15.9 O 1
19.1 1/2H 1
O = Annealed
1/2H = Half hard
Appendix 255
3.7.6 Refrigerant Pipe Size

Pipe size down and pipe size up is available for main piping (L1) only.
Refrigerant pipe size
Gas pipe
Model Size-down Standard size Size-up
RZQ(S)71 φ 12.7 ––
φ 15.9
RZQ(S)100~140 –– φ 19.1
Liquid pipe
Model Size-down Standard size Size-up
RZQ(S)71~140 φ 6.4 φ 9.5 φ 12.7
Not using the standard pipe size may result in capacity decrease. It is up to the installer to
judge on this phenomenon carefully in function of the complete installation.
256 Appendix
3.7.7 Allowable Pipe Length and Heigth Difference

When re-using existing piping, refer to below table for allowable piping length and heigth
difference (figures in brackets are equivalent lengths).
RZQ
Liquid pipe RZQ125
RZQ71 RZQ100
size & 140
Maximum allowable piping length (*)
size-down 10 m (15 m)
Pair: L1
Twin and triple: L1 + L2 standard 50 m (70 m) 50 m (70 m) 50 m (70 m)
Double twin: L1 + L2 + L4 size-up 25 m (35 m) 35 m (45 m) 35 m (45 m)
Maximum total one-way piping length
Twin: L1 + L2 + L3 50 m
50 m
Triple: L1 + L2 + L3 + L4 ––
–– 50 m
Double twin: ––
L1 + L2 + L3 + L4 + L5 + L6 + L7
Maximum branch piping length
Twin: L2 –– 20 m
Double twin: L2 + L4
Maximum difference between branch lengths
Twin: L2 - L3 10 m
10 m
Triple: L2 - L4 ––
–– 10 m
Double twin: L2 - L3, L4 - L5, ––
L6 - L7, (L2 + L4) - (L3 + L7)
Maximum heigth between indoor and outdoor
All: H1 –– 30 m
Maximum heigth between indoors
Twin, triple and double twin: H2 –– 0.5 m
Chargeless length
size-down 10 m
All: standard 30 m
L1 + L2 + L3 + L4 + L5 + L6 + L7
size-up 15 m
Appendix 257
RZQS
Liquid pipe RZQS125
RZQS71 RZQS100
size & 140
Maximum total one-way piping length
Pair: L1 standard
Twin and triple: L1 + L2 30 m (40 m) 50 m (70 m)
standard
Double twin: L1 + L2 + L4
Maximum allowable piping length
Twin: L1 + L2 + L3 30 m
50 m
Triple: L1 + L2 + L3 + L4 ––
–– 50 m
Double twin: ––
L1 + L2 + L3 + L4 + L5 + L6 + L7
Maximum branch piping length
Twin and triple: L2 –– 20 m
Double twin: L2 + L4
Maximum difference between branch lengths
Twin: L2 - L3 10 m
10 m
Triple: L2 - L4 ––
–– 10 m
Double twin: L2 - L3, L4 - L5, ––
L6 - L7, (L2 + L4) - (L3 + L7)
Maximum heigth between indoor and outdoor
All: H1 –– 15 m 30 m
Maximum heigth between indoors
Twin, triple and double twin: H2 –– 0.5 m
Chargeless length
All:
L1 + L2 + L3 + L4 + L5 + L6 + L7 standard ≤ 30 m
258 Appendix
Caution for flare Refer to below table for correct flare dimensions and tightening torques. Too high tightening
connections force may cause refrigerant leak because of flare cracking:
Flare nut A dimensions for
Piping size Flare shape
tightening torque processing flares (mm)
14.2~17.2 N·m
φ 6.4 8.7~9.1
(144~176 kgf·cm)
32.7~39.9 N·m
φ 9.5 12.8~13.2 90°±0.5
(333~407 kgf·cm)
45 ±
° 2
49.5~60.3 N·m
φ 12.7 16.2~16.6 A
(504~616 kgf·cm)
61.8~75.4 N·m
φ 15.9 19.3~19.7 R=0.4~0.8
(630~770 kgf·cm)
97.2~118.6 N·m
φ 19.1 23.6~24.0
(989.8~1208 kgf·cm)
When connecting the flare nut, apply refrigerating machine oil to the flare (inside and
outside) and first screw the nut 3 or 4 turns by hand. Coat the indicated surfaces using ether
or ester oil:
After completing the installation, carry out an inspection of the piping connections by
pressure test using nitrogen.
Appendix 259
Wiring Diagrams SiBE28-804
4. Wiring Diagrams
4.1 Outdoor Unit
4.1.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit.
Indoor
Outdoor
ON
OFF
(Note4)
El. comp. Assy

Position of elements
Position of
compressor
terminal
(Front)
(Back)
Notes:
1. This wiring diagram only applies to the outdoor unit
2. L: Live, N: Neutral, : Field wiring
3. : Terminal strip : Connector :Connection
: Protective earth (screw) : Relay connector
: Noiseless earth : Terminal
4. Refer to the option manual, for connecting wiring to x6A.
5. Refer to the ''Wiring diagram sticker'' (on back of front plate) on how to use BS1∼BS4
and DS1 switch.
6. Do not operate the unit by short-circuiting protection device S1PH
7. Colours: WHT: White / RED: Red / BLU: Blue / ORG: Orange
BRN: Brown / GRN: Green / YLW: Yellow
8. Confirm the method of setting the selector switches (DS1) by service manual.
Factory setting of all switches: ''OFF''.
A1P Printed circuit board (Main) R1T Thermistor (air)

A2P Printed circuit board (Inverter) R2T Thermistor (discharge)
BS1~BS4 Push button switch R3T Thermistor (Suction)
C1~C3 Capacitor R4T Thermistor (Heat exchanger)
DS1 Dip switch R5T Thermistor (Thermistor (heat exchanger middle))
F1U Fuse (T 6.3A / 250V) R6T Thermistor (liquid)
F6U Fuse (T 3.15A / 250V) R10T Thermistor (fin)
H1P~7P (A2P) Light emitting diode (service monitor orange) RC Signal receiver circuit
HAP (A1P) Light emitting diode (service monitor green) S1NPH Pressure sensor
K1R Magnetic relay (Y1S) S1PH Pressure switch (High)
K10R Magnetic relay TC Signal transmission circuit
K11R Magnetic relay V1R Power module
L1R Reactor V2R,V3R Diode module
M1C Motor (compressor) V1T IGBT
M1F Motor (fan) X1M Terminal strip (Power supply)
PS Switching power supply Y1E Electronic expansion valve
Q1DI Field earth leakage breaker (30mA) Y1S Solenoid valve (4 way valve)
R1 Resistor Z1C Noise filter (ferrite core)
R2 Resistor Z1F~Z4F Noise filter
260 Appendix
SiBE28-804 Wiring Diagrams
4.1.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B

The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit.
A1P Printed circuit board PS Power supply

A2P Printed circuit board R1 Resistor
A3P Printed circuit board R2 Resistor
A4P Printed circuit board R1T Thermistor (Air)
R2T Thermistor (M1C discharge)
BS1~4 Push button switch
R3T Thermistor (Suction)
C1~4 Capacitor R4T Thermistor (Coil)
DS1 Dip switch R5T Thermistor (Coil middle)
E1HC Crankcase heater R6T Thermistor (Liquid)
F1U, F3U, F4U Fuse (T 6.3A/250V) RC Signal receiver circuit
F6U Fuse (T 5A/250V) R10T Thermistor (Fin)
S1NPH Pressure switch (High)
H1P~7P (A2P) Pilot lamp (Service monitor orange)
S1PH High pressure switch
TC Signal transmission circuit
H1P (A1P) Flashing lamp (Service monitor green)
V1R Power module
K1R Magnetic relay (Y1S) V2R, V3R Diode module
K4R Magnetic relay (E1HC) V1T IGBT
K10R Magnetic relay X1M Terminal block
K11R Magnetic relay Y1E Electric expansion valve
L1R Reactor Y1S Solenoid valve (4-way valve)
M1C Motor (compressor)
Z1C~Z3C Noise filter (Ferrite core)
M1F Motor (fan) (upper)
M2F Motor (fan) (lower) Z1F~Z4F Noise filter
Appendix 261
Switch Box Layout SiBE28-804
5. Switch Box Layout

5.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
The illustration below shows the switch box layout:
X106A IPM501
X6A X11A
U
DB501
Q501
X5A LC
D532
X21A
D531
X13A DB502
X11A
X41A
X12A
LB NA
X17A LA
X25A X77A X803A E
262 Appendix
SiBE28-804 Switch Box Layout
5.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B

The illustration below shows the switch box layout:
A3P
A2P
A1P
A4P
X1M
Item Description
A1P Printed circuit board (control)
A2P Printed circuit board (inverter)
A3P Printed circuit board
A4P Printed circuit board
X1M Terminal strip
Appendix 263
PCB Layout SiBE28-804
6. PCB Layout
6.1 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
Control PC board The illustration below shows the PC board connectors.
(A1P)
X106A IPM501
X6A X11A
U
DB501
Q501
X5A LC
D532
X21A
D531
X13A DB502
X11A
X41A
X12A
LB NA
X17A LA
X25A X77A X803A E
Connectors The table below describes the PC board connectors.

Connector Connected to Description
X5A X205A (on A2P)
X6A
X11A R1T Air thermistor
X12A R2T, R3T, R4T, R5T Thermistor
X13A R6T Liquid thermistor
X17A S1NPH Pressure sensor
X21A Y1E Expansion valve
X25A Y1S Solenoid valve (4 way valve)
X32A S1PH Pressure switch (High)
X77A
X106A M1F Motor (Fan)
X111A R10T Thermistor (Fin)
X803A X1M Terminal strip connector
264 Appendix
SiBE28-804 PCB Layout
6.2 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B

Control & Inverter The illustration below shows the PC board connectors.
PC board (A1P) X106A X107A X111A
X6A
X9A
X5A
X21A
X13A
X11A
X12A
X41A
X17A
X32A
X25A X51A X28A X77A
Connectors The table below describes the PC board connectors.

Connector Connected to Description
X5A X205A (on inverter PC board)
X6A For optional PCB KRP58M51
X9A X809A (on inverter PC board)
X11A R1T Air thermistor
X12A R2T~R5T Coil thermistor
X13A R6T Discharge pipe thermistor
X17A S1NPH Suction pipe thermistor
X21A Y1E Expansion valve
X25A Y1S 4-way valve
X28A E1HC Crankcase heater
X31A S1PL Low pressure sensor
X32A S1PH High pressure switch
X51A Connector for spare parts adaptor
X77A For optional PC board KRP58M51
X106A M1F Fan motor
X107A M2F Fan motor
X111A R10T Fin thermistor
Appendix 265
PCB Layout SiBE28-804
266 Appendix
SiBE28-804
Part 8
Removal Procedure
1. RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B..........................................................268
1.1 Removal of Outside Panels and Related Parts ....................................268
1.7 Removal of Low Pressure Sensor, Electronic Expansion Valve,
and Others............................................................................................274
2. RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B..............................................278
2.1 Removal of Outside Panels..................................................................278
2.4 Removal of PC Board...........................................................................281
2.5 Removal of Pressure Sensor, Electronic Expansion Valve,
and Others............................................................................................282
Removal Procedure 267

RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B SiBE28-804
1. RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
1.1 Removal of Outside Panels and Related Parts
Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or
more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off.
Step Procedure Points
1 Remove the front panel
2 (the front panel of the Top panel
side panel), after
removing the one screw
and pushing the front
panel downward.
2 Remove the top panel,

after removing the eight
Hooks
screws.
Suction grille

1, after removing the
seven screws.
4 Remove the right side

panel, after removing
the five screws.

of the piping cover,
Front panel 1
after removing the one
screw.
Right
panel
Front panel 2
6 Remove the side panel
of the piping cover,
after removing the four
Side panel of
screws. piping cover
Front panel of
7 Hold the lower part (two piping cover
positions) and pull
frontward. Remove
from the top hooks
using a flathead
screwdriver etc. and
then pull downward the
whole suction grille to
remove it.
268 Removal Procedure

SiBE28-804 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
1.2 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor

Remove the front panel 2,
following the procedure
indicated at "Removal of
Outside Panels and
Related Parts".
Propeller fan
1. Remove the propeller fan
1 Remove the four
screws that fix the Hooks
discharge grille.
Remove from four
hooks at upper and
lower side and then
remove the discharge
Fan setting nut
grille.
Hooks Discharge grille
2 Remove the fan setting
nut that fixes the
propeller fan.
3 * Remove the top

panel, following the
procedure indicated
at "Removal of
Outside Panels and
Related Parts".
2. Remove the fan motor In case of removing the

Connector for fan motor (X106A) connector, do not pull the
1 Remove the connector
for the fan motor from lead wire. Hold the
the printed wiring board connector part and push the
(PWB). (Refer to *1) hook.
2 Remove the three Clamp

clamps which fix the
lead wire. (Three hooks
of partition plate)
3 Remove the three

screws of the front
panel and then pull lead Lead wire Propeller fan
wire frontward.
Four bolts Precaution for the motor
4 Pull out the fan motor, installation
after removing the four
Be sure to fix the lead wire of
fixing bolts. the motor. Otherwise the
lead wire might be entangled
with the motor and causes
failure.

1.3 Removal of Switch Box

Remove the front panel,
the suction grille, the top Fan motor (X106A)
panel, the side panel, and

the piping cover, following
R1T
the procedure indicated at
"Removal of Outside
Panels and Related
R2T
Parts".
1 Remove the wirings to Precaution for the
the switch box and the R3T installation of the switch box:
For pressure
related parts sensor
After restoring each part, fix
Remove the (X17A) each lead wire with the
connectors below; clamps in the same way as
• Fan motor originally fixed.
R5T
(X106A)
• Pressure sensor For four way
(X17A) valve coil R4T
• Coil of four way (X25A)
valve (X25A)
• Compressor relay
(X502A)
Remove the parts
below; For compressor
relay (X502A)
• Coil of motor R6T Y1E
operated valve
(Y1E)
• Liquid pipe
thermister (R6T)
• suction pipe
thermister (R3T)
• Discharge pipe
thermister (R2T)
• Outdoor air Hook
thermister (R1T) Hook
• Heat exchange
thermister (R4T)
• Thermister at the
midpoint of heat
exchange (R5T)
* When removing, cut Fixing screws
the clamps that fix
each lead wire of
each part.
2 Removing the switch

box
Remove two screws
that fix the switch
box
Holding the switch
box, lift upward and
remove the two
hooks (one right and
one left) and then
pull out.

1.4 Removal of PC Board Assy (1)

Remove the top panel,
the front panel 2, the side PC board for the display
panel, and the piping Outdoor
cover, following the PC board
procedure indicated at
"Removing Outside
Panels and Related
Parts".
Remove the switch box,
following the procedure
indicated at "Removing
switch box".
1. Remove the PC board for
the display (A2P)
1 Remove the
connectors (X205A)
on the PC board for
the display.
Since the PC board
for the display (A2P)
is fixed with two
hooks, take from Hooks Installation section of the PC
them and then board for the display (A2P)
remove the PC
Hook PC board
board for the display.
Resin case
Connector
(X205A)
PC board for the display (Retrieved)


2. Remove the mounting
Mounting plate for
plate for the electric Fixing screws the electric component
component
1 Remove the mounting
plate for the terminal
block, after removing
the one screw. Connectors
2 Remove the two

connectors on the
Reactor
reactor.
3 Cut three clamps that

fix the wiring.
4 Remove the mounting Fixing screw

plate for the electric
component after
removing the two
(cf)
screws
Mounting plate for Clamps
the terminal block
After removing the mounted electric component
X106A IPM501
X6A X11A
U
DB501
Q501
X5A LC
D532
X21A
D531
X13A DB502
X11A
X41A
X12A
LB NA
X17A LA
X25A X77A X803A E


3. Remove the assembly of
the PC board (AIP) Fixing screw
1 Remove the connectors

on the PC board.
2 Remove the one screw

that fixes the electric
component to the
mounting plate. Hooks
Hooks
3 Pull out the assembly of

the PC board, after
removing from the
hooks at the both sides
(nine locations).
Assembly of the PC board (Retrieved)
X106A IPM501
X6A X11A
U
DB501
Q501
X5A LC
D532
X21A
D531
X13A DB502
X11A
X41A
X12A
LB NA
X17A LA
X25A X77A X803A E

X32A

1.7 Removal of Low Pressure Sensor, Electronic Expansion

Valve, and Others
Remove the outside
panels, their parts, and Pressure sensor
the switch box, following
"Removal of Outside Pressure
switch
Panels and Related Parts"
and other instructions.
1. Remove the pressure
sensor
1 Remove the connector Brazings
for the pressure sensor
(X17A).
2 Remove the pressure Coil of electronic Be sure to collect the

sensor after cutting off
expansion valve refrigerant first, before
the brazing (one removing the main unit of the
Body of electronic
lowtion). expansion valve motor operated valve.
Precaution for the mounting
of the coil of the motor
operated valve.
switch
1 Remove the lead wire.
2 Remove the pressure

switch after cutting off
the brazing. Clip
3. Remove the electronic

expansion valve
1 Pull out the coil from the
electronic expansion
Push the coil into tube until the
valve upward. clip completely fits in the tube.
2 Cut the brazing (two

locations) and remove
the body of the
valve.
(Replace with the
assembly of the
valve)

1.8 Removal of Thermistor

Remove the front panel 2,
the right side panel, and
the piping cover, following
Thermister
"Removal of Outside Thermister
Panels and Related

Parts".
1 Remove the outdoor air Discharge pipe thermister
(R2T)
thermister, pulling
Outdoor air thermister
forward and then sliding
(R1T)
it to the right.
2 Pull out the discharge

pipe thermister (*1) by
picking and pulling out
the mounting spring. Suction pipe thermister
(R3T)
Thermister for the midpoint of
heat exchange
3 Pull out the suction pipe (R5T)
thermister by pushing
the fixing part.
4 Since the thermister of

the heat exchange
distribution pipe is fixed Liquid pipe thermister
with the clamp plate, (R6T)
pull the clamp plate Heat exchange thermister

(R4T)
forward in order to
remove the thermister.
The discharge pipe thermister, the suction pipe
5 Remove the thermister thermister, the heat exchange distributor
at the midpoint of heat thermister, and the thermister for the midpoint of
exchange by pushing the heat exchange are connected to the one
the fixing part. common connector. When replacing, you have to
replace all four thermisters at one time.
6 Pull out the liquid pipe
thermister by pushing
the fixing part.

1.9 Removal of Four Way Valve

Collect the refrigerant. Be sure to confirm that the
Remove the outside Coil for the four way refrigerant is completely
Screw exchange valve Brazings
panels, their parts, and collected before starting the
switch box, following the work.
procedure indicated at
"Removing Outside Protect other pipings using a
Panels and Related Parts" protective sheet for the
and other instructions. welding or steel plate so that
1 Remove the four way the flame for the gas welding
exchange valve after may not damage them.
removing the one
screw. When brazing, cool down the
main unit using a wet waste
2 Remove the main unit etc. so that the temperature
of the four way of the main unit may not get
exchange valve after higher than 120 degree C.
cutting off the brazings
(four locations).

1.10 Removal of Compressor

Collect the refrigerant. Be sure to confirm that the
Remove the outside Fixing plate for the stop valve refrigerant is completely
panels, their parts, and collected before starting the
the switch box, following work.
"Removing Outside The color of each terminal
Panels and Related Parts" Rubber bush
and other instructions.
Glass terminal
1 Remove the fixing plate
for the stop valve after
removing the five
screws.
U
V W
2 Remove the sound
insulation (1).
U: Red V: White W: Blue

3 Remove the terminal
cover, after pushing the
projective parts from
the both sides. Fixing nuts
4 Remove the lead wire

from the terminal (2).
One of the fixing nuts of the
Sound insulation (1)
5 Pull out the sound compressor is located at the
insulation by unwinding outer side of the partition
the strings (two plate.
locations).
6 Remove the nuts that

Terminal cover
fix the compressor. (All
the equipments are
fixed with three nuts). Brazings
7 Cut off the brazing (two

locations).
8 Pull out the compressor Sound insulation (2)

by lifting upward.
String

RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B SiBE28-804
2. RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
2.1 Removal of Outside Panels
1 For the suction grille,
pull the lower parts (in 7
places) frontward,
disengage the hooks at
the top of the grille with
a slotted screwdriver,
and then push the Top panel
overall grille downward

to disassemble it.
Hooks
Front panel (1) Suction grille
2 For the front panel (1),
unscrew a single
mounting screw and
then push this panel
downward to remove it. Side rear panel
3 For the top panel,

unscrew the eight
mounting screws and
then remove this panel.
4 For the front panel (1),

unscrews the seven
mounting screws and
the remove this panel.
Front panel (2)

5 For the front piping
cover, unscrew a single
mounting screw and
Side piping cover
Front piping cover
6 For the side piping
cover, unscrew the four
mounting screws and
7 For the side rear panel,

unscrew the five
mounting screws and

SiBE28-804 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
2.2 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor

Remove the front panel
(2) accordance with the
Removal Procedure for
Outside Panels.
Propeller fan
1. Remove the propeller fan
1 Unscrew the four
Hooks
screws that fix the air
discharge grille and
disengage the four
hooks at the top and
bottom of the grille, and
then remove this air
discharge grille.
2 Unfasten the fan lock

nut that fixes the
propeller fan. Fan lock nut
Front panel (1)
2. Remove the fan motor
Remove the front panel Discharge grille
Hooks
(1) accordance with the
Outside Panels.
1 Remove the connector In order to disconnect the

(X206A, X207A) for fan connector, do not pull the
motor from the PC lead wire. Hold the
board. connector part and then
push the hooks.
Upper motor
2 Cut the cable tie of lead connector (red)
wires (located on the Lower motor
reverse side of the stop connector (white)
valve mounting plate).
Clamps (3 pcs.)
3 Pull out the lead wires
Fan
through the opening of motor
the partition panel, and Stop valve
mounting plate
then unclamp the three Opening of
Lead wire Propeller fan
clamps. (Note that the partition panel
partition plate has three
hooks.) Cautions in mounting the
motor
4 Unfastening the four Be sure to fix the motor lead
lock from the fan motor, wire with a clamp. Not
enables the removal of heeding this caution will
this motor. cause the entanglement of
the lead wire around the fan,
which will result in damage
to the fan.

2.3 Removal of Switch Box

Remove the front panel
(2) accordance with the If the top panel cannot be
Removal Procedure for removed
Outside Panels. Screws fixing
the reactor
1 Disconnect each Even though workability is

Cable tie
connector on the PC (outdoor air degraded, it is possible to pull
temperature the switch box to the front
board. thermistor)
(Refer to the Points without removing the top panel.
column.)
The figure below shows
2 Remove the two Faston connectors to be
Pressure disconnected.
terminals. After that, A set of sensor lead
unscrew the three lead wires wire Upper fan Lower fan
screws that fix the motor [X106A] motor [X107A]
reactor, and then Clamp Electronic expansion

remove the reactor. valve [X21A]
Screws fixing Outdoor air temperature

the terminal thermistor [X11A]
3 Cut the clamp. block
Integrated thermistor
[X12A]
4 Remove the clamp of Liquid pipe
the pressure sensor thermistor [X13A]
lead wire. Pressure sensor

[X17A]
5 Cut the clamp of the

Four way
outdoor air temperature valve [X25A] Crankcase
Terminal
thermistor. cover Solenoid valve 1 heater [X28A]
[X26A]
Solenoid valve 2
6 Disconnect a set of lead [X27A]
wires together from the
clamp.
Precaution for mounting the
7 Remove the terminal Terminal block for compressor pressure sensor
cover, and then
disconnect the three
lead wires from the To prevent the lead wire from
terminal block for the hanging over the PC board,
compressor. hook the lead wire of 160 to 170
mm in length from the front end
8 Unscrew the two of the connector on the clamp.
screws that fix the
terminal block.
9 Disengage the three

hooks, and then pull out
the switch box upward.

2.4 Removal of PC Board

Remove the top panel
and the front panel (2) Hooks
accordance with the
Removal Procedure for Tab of cover
Outside Panels. of electric
components
1. Remove the PC board Connector
(A2P) PC board
(A2P)
1 Disconnect the
Compressor
connector (X205A) from Tab of cover harness
the PC board. of electric
components
2 While pressing the two
hooks, remove the PC
board (A2P).
2. Remove the PC board

(A1P) Clamp (A) Support leg of
Remove the switch box Tab of terminal
cover of electric
Terminal block components
accordance with the block mounting
Removal procedure for section
the switch box.

1 Remove the clamp from
Fin thermistor Clamp (B)
the compressor (X111A) Compressor
(X102A)
harness.
2 Press the hooks to

remove the terminal
block.
Hooks
3 Cut the two clamps (A).
Hooks
4 Extend the hooks, and Reactor (P1)
then remove the Reactor (P2)

support leg of the cover
of electrical
components.
5 Disengage the three Ground cable (E1)
hooks on the left side,

and then while pushing
down the two hooks on Indoor-Outdoor Power supply
the right side, remove connection cable cable (X1A)
(X803A)
the whole cover of the
electric components.
6 Cut the clamps (B). Connectors used on the PC

board
7 Disconnect the · Compressor (X102A)
connector listed in point · Ground cable (E1)
column. · Reactors (P1 and P2)
8 Remove the PC board
· Power supply cable (X1A)
(A1P) together with the
· Indoor-Outdoor connection
cable (X803A)
radiating fin.

2.5 Removal of Pressure Sensor, Electronic Expansion

Valve, and Others
and the front panel (2)
accordance with the
Outside Panels.

sensor
Pressure sensor
1 Disconnect the
pressure sensor
connector (X17A).
2 Use two spanners to

remove the pressure
sensor.
Coil for
solenoid valve
2. Remove the solenoid

valve Coil for
solenoid valve Before removing the
1 Disconnect the solenoid
Brazing
solenoid valve or the
valve connector (X26A Brazing
electronic expantion valve,
or X27A). be sure to recover the
refrigerant.
2 Unscrew the one screw Coil for
that fixes the coil for the electronic
expantion
solenoid valve, and valve
then remove the coil.
3 Remove brazing from

the two places, and Electronic
expantion valve
then remove the
solenoid valve. Brazing
Precaution for mounting the

3. Remove the electronic coil for the electronic
expansion valve. expantion valve
1 Disconnect the
electronic expantion
valve connector Align the dimple of the
(X21A). electronic expantion valve and
the stopper of the coil for the
2 Pull out the coil for the electronic expantion valve, and
electronic expantion then push them in until you hear
valve coil upward. them click.
Stopper
3 Remove brazing from
the two places, and
then remove the
electronic expantion
Dimple
valve.

2.6 Removal of Thermistor

and the front panel (2)
and side panel
accordance with the
Thermistor
Procedure for Outside
Panels.
1 Pull out the outdoor air Thermistor

to the front, and then Discharge pipe thermistor
(R2T)
slide this thermistor to
the right to remove it.
2 Pinch the mounting Mounting

spring Outdoor air thermistor (R1T)
spring that fixes the thermistor
discharge pipe
thermistor to pull out
this thermistor.
Suction pipe thermistor
(R3T)
3 Press the fixing section
Thermistor
of the suction pipe
Mounting
this thermistor. spring
Intermediate heat
exchanger thermistor (R5T)
4 Pull the fixing bracket of Thermistor
the heat exchanger’s
distribution pipe
thermistor to the front, Liquid pipe thermistor
and then remove this (R6T)
thermistor.
Heat exchanger distribution

5 Press the fixing section pipe thermistor (R4T)
of the heat exchanger’s
intermediate
to pull out this *1
thermistor. The heat exchanger’s distribution pipe thermistor, heat
exchanger’s intermediate temperature thermistor, and
liquid pipe thermistor are jointed together with a single
6 Press the fixing section connector. Consequently, these three thermistors
should be replaced at the same time.
of the liquid pipe
this thermistor.

2.7 Removal of Four Way Valve

Recover the refrigerant. Be sure to remove the four
According to the way valve only after the
procedure for the removal refrigerant is completely
related to the outside recovered.
panel, remove the front
panel (2) and the side
panel.
According to the
procedure for the removal
of switch box, remove the
switch box.
Brazing
1 Unscrew the one screw

that fixes the coil for the
four way valve, and Four way valve
then remove this coil.
Coil for four
way valve
2 Remove brazing from Brazing
To prevent the four way
the four places, and valve from exceeding a
Screw
then remove the four temperature of 120°C,
way valve. conduct brazing work while
(Refer to point column.) cooling the valve with wet
cloths or else.

2.8 Removal of Compressor

Recover the refrigerant. Be sure to remove the
(Refer to point column.) compressor only after the
Remove the front panel refrigerant is completely
Stop valve
(2) and the front piping mounting
recovered.
cover bracket. plate
1 Unscrew the five Terminal block
screws that fix the stop
valve mounting plate, String
W (blue)
and then remove this
Gas piping
mounting plate. U (red)
Liquid piping
Terminal cover V (white)
2 Remove the gas piping
and the liquid piping.
3 Remove the
Compressor
compressor terminal lead wires
cover.
4 Disconnect the lead

wires from the terminal
block.
String
5 Loosen the two strings,
and then pull out the
One out of the nuts that fix
sound insulation of the the compressor is located
compressor. outside of the partition panel.
6 Unfasten to remove the

three nuts that fix the
compressor. (Refer to Cutting point
(suction pipe)
point column.)
7 Cut the suction pipe

Brazing
and the discharge pipe
using a pipe cutter.
(Refer to point column.)
Cutting point
(discharge pipe) Be sure to cut thee pipes by
8 Remove brazing from using a pipe cutter before
the three places. disconnecting the brazed
sections of pipes. A sudden
9 Lift to pull out the disconnection of the brazed
compressor. sections can cause oil to
Insulation
catch fire.
Nuts fixing the compressor


SiBE28-804
Part 9
Precautions for New
Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................288
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................288
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................290
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................291
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 287

Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) SiBE28-804
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)

1.1 Outline
1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A
Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A
1. Performance
Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C
2. Pressure
Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C.
3. Refrigerant composition
Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant.
HFC units (Units using new refrigerants) HCFC units

Refrigerant name R-407C R-410A R-22
Non-azeotropic mixture Quasi-azeotropic mixture
Composing Single-component
of HFC32, HFC125 and of HFC32 and JFC125
substances refrigerant
HFC134a (*1) (*1)
3.2 MPa (gauge pressure) 4.0 MPa (gauge pressure) 2.75MPa (gauge pressure)
Design pressure
= 32.6 kgf/cm2 = 40.8 kgf/cm2 = 28.0 kgf/cm2
Refrigerant oil Synthetic oil (Ether) Mineral oil (Suniso)
Ozone destruction 0 0 0.05
factor (ODP)
Combustibility None None None
Toxicity None None None
★1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different
boiling points.
★2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar
boiling points.
★3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for
each product.
(Reference) 1 MPa 10.19716 kgf / cm2
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%)
288 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)

SiBE28-804 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A
Temperature Steam pressure Density Specific heat at constant Specific enthalpy Specific entropy
( ) (kPa) (kg/m3 ) pressure (kJ/kgK) (kJ/kg) (kJ/KgK)
Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor

1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders

Cylinder specifications
2 The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink).
2 The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube.
Cylinder
Siphon tube
Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in
upright position.
Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since

it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system.
Handling of cylinders
(1) Laws and regulations
R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in
handling them. Before using, refer to the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law.
The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents
with high-pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations.
(2) Handing of vessels

Since R-410A is high-pressure gas, it is contained in high-pressure vessels.
Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that
can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll
them on the ground.
(3) Storage
Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark
place in the same way as any other high-pressure gases.
It should also be noted that high-pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that
releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible plug
melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve operates).

1.3 Service Tools

R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants
(R-22,R-407C). Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to
Ether oil, and if oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other
problems. Therefore, gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous
refrigerant (R-22,R-407C) can not be used for products that use new refrigerants.
Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices.
Tool compatibility
Compatibility
Tool HFC HCFC Reasons for change
R-410A R-407C R-22
2Do not use the same tools for R-22
Gauge manifold and R-410A.
✕
Charge hose 2Thread specification differs for
R-410A and R-407C.
Charging cylinder ✕ 2Weighting instrument used for HFCs.
Gas detector ✕ 2The same tool can be used for HFCs.
Vacuum pump 2To use existing pump for HFCs,
(pump with reverse flow vacuum pump adaptor must be
preventive function) installed.
Weighting instrument
2Seal material is different between
R-22 and HFCs.
Charge mouthpiece ✕
2Thread specification is different
between R-410A and others.
Flaring tool (Clutch type) 2For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary.
Torque wrench 2Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8
Pipe cutter
Pipe expander
Pipe bender
2Due to refrigerating machine oil
Pipe assembling oil ✕ change. (No Suniso oil can be used.)
Refrigerant recovery Check your recovery device.
device
2Only φ19.1 is changed to 1/2H material
Refrigerant piping See the chart below. while the previous material is "O".
As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of
charge hose.
Copper tube material and thickness

R-407C R-410A
Pipe size Thickness Thickness
Material Material
t (mm) t (mm)
φ6.4 O 0.8 O 0.8
φ9.5 O 0.8 O 0.8
φ12.7 O 0.8 O 0.8
φ15.9 O 1.0 O 1.0
φ19.1 O 1.0 1/2H 1.0
* O: Soft (Annealed)
H: Hard (Drawn)

1. Flaring tool
Flare gauge
Specifications
2 Dimension A
Unit:mm
Tube O.D. A +0−0.4
Nominal size
Do Class-2 (R-410A) Class-1 (Conventional)
1/4 6.35 9.1 9.0
3/8 9.52 13.2 13.0
1/2 12.70 16.6 16.2
5/8 15.88 19.7 19.4
3/4 19.05 24.0 23.3
Differences
2 Change of dimension A
Dimension A
For class-1: R-407C

For class-2: R-410A
Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed.
(change of work process)
Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air
conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5mm.
(For clutch type only)
Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used.

2. Torque wrench
Specifications
2 Dimension B Unit:mm
Nominal size Class-1 Class-2 Previous
1/2 24 26 24
5/8 27 29 27
No change in tightening torque
No change in pipes of other sizes
Differences
2 Change of dimension B
Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended
For class-1: R-407C

For class-2: R-410A
Dimension B
3. Vacuum pump with check valve
Vacuum pump adapter

Reverse flow preventive
vacuum adapter
Specifications
2 Discharge speed Maximum degree of vacuum
50 l/min (50Hz) Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep
60 l/min (60Hz) the vacuum degree of the system in excess of
2 Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare) –100.7 kPa (5 torr – 755 mmHg).
UNF1/2-20(5/16 Flare) with adapter
Differences
2 Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow
2 Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter.

4. Leak tester
Specifications
2 Hydrogen detecting type, etc.
2 Applicable refrigerants
R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc.
Differences
2 Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects
hydrogen.
5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal)
Specifications
2 Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle.
2 Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time.
Differences
2 Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units.
6. Gauge manifold for R-410A
Specifications
2 High pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2)
2 Low pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2)
2 1/4" → 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 No oil is used in pressure test of gauges.
→ For prevention of contamination

2 Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas
saturated state.
Differences
2 Change in pressure
2 Change in service port diameter
7. Charge hose for R-410A
(Hose with ball valve)
Specifications
2 Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2)
2 Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2)
2 Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow.
Differences
2 Pressure proof hose
2 Change in service port diameter
2 Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance
8. Charging cylinder
Can not be used
Specifications
2 Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder.
Differences
2 The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during
charging.
When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is
generated inside charging cylinder.

9. Weigher for refrigerant charge
Specifications
2 High accuracy
TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = ± 2g
TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = ± 5g
2 Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging.
2 A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard
accessories.
Differences
2 Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging.
10.Charge mouthpiece
Specifications
2 For R-410A, 1/4"→ 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 Material is changed from CR to H-NBR.
Differences
2 Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use)
2 Change of sealer material for the HFCs use.

SiBE28-804
Index
Numerics D
4-way Valve Control ...............................................45 DC Output Overcurrent (Instantaneous) ............. 201
Defrost Operation .................................................. 47
A Defrost Start Setting ............................................ 115
A1 .........................................................................159 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control .................... 70
A3 .........................................................................160 Discharge Pipe Temperature
A6 .........................................................................162 Protection Control .......................................... 80
A7 .........................................................................164 Draft Avoidance Control 1 ..................................... 56
A8 .........................................................................166 Draft Avoidance Control 2 ..................................... 57
Abnormal High Pressure Drain Pump Control ............................................... 54
(Detected by the HPS) ..................................179
Abnormal Power Supply Voltage .................166, 214 E
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor E1 ........................................................................ 178
Single phase C Series ...................................181 E3 ........................................................................ 179
AF .........................................................................167 E4 ........................................................................ 181
After Unit Shuts Down, It cannot be E5 ........................................................................ 183
Restarted for a While ....................................131 E7 ........................................................................ 185
AJ .........................................................................169 E9 ........................................................................ 188
Automatic Restart ...................................................40 Electronic Thermal (Time Lag) ............................ 203
Equipment Discharges Dust ................................ 140
C Equipment Discharges White Mist ...................... 137
C1 .........................................................................171 Equipment does not Operate .............................. 125
C6 .........................................................................175 Equipment Operates but does not
CC ........................................................................177 Provide Cooling ............................................ 133
Centralized Address Setting Error ........................224 Equipment Operates but does not
Check Provide Heating ............................................ 135
Check for Excessive Refrigerant Charging ....238 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes ...... 138
Check for Factors Causing Wet Operation ....239 Existence of DIP Switch and BS Button .............. 100
Check for Inadequate Refrigerant .................236 Expansion Valve Control at Startup ...................... 78
Checking the Thermistors ..............................227
Clogged Points ..............................................232 F
Evaluation of Abnormal High Pressure ..........230 F3 ........................................................................ 191
Evaluation of Abnormal Low Pressure ...........231 Factory Settings on the Indoor Units ..................... 93
Outdoor Unit:Check for Power Transistor ......235 Failure of Capacity Setting .................................. 211
Outdoor Unit:Checking the Failure of combination (between indoor unit
Expansion Valve ...............................226 PC board and fan PC board) ........................ 175
Outdoor Unit:Checking the Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board ....................... 178
Installation Condition ........................225 Failure of transmission (between indoor unit
Outdoor Unit:ƒan Motor Signal Line ..............233 PC board and fan PC board) ........................ 171
Outdoor Unit:ƒan Speed Pulse ......................234 Fan and Flap Operation ........................................ 58
Resistance Conversion Table Fault-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller ....... 145
(Ambient, Coil, Fin) ...........................228 Fault-diagnosis by
Resistance Conversion Table Wireless Remote Controller ......................... 146
(Discharge Pipe Sensor) ...................229 Faulty Outdoor PC Board .................................... 197
CJ .........................................................................176 Field Setting Levels ............................................... 96
Combination Matrix ..................................................5 Field Settings on the Indoor Units ......................... 92
Combination Overview .............................................4 Field Settings on the Outdoor Units ...................... 99
Compressor Motor Lock .......................................183 Field Settings with the
Condensation Avoidance Control ...........................55 Wired Remote Controller ................................ 89
Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Field Settings with the Wireless
Stops Immediately ........................................129 Remote Controller .......................................... 91
Crankcase Heater Control ......................................52 Forced Operating Mode (Emergency Operation) .. 35
Forced Thermostat OFF ........................................ 43
Freeze Prevention Function .................................. 49
Functions of Thermistors ....................................... 33
Index i
SiBE28-804
G Malfunctioning Indoor PC Board ......................... 159

Gas Shortage (Malfunction) .................................212 Malfunctioning Remote Controller
General Expansion Valve Control ..........................79 Air Thermistor ............................................... 176
General Frequency Control ....................................65 Method of Operating Remote Controller ............... 26
Model Name and Power Supply .............................. 7
H Model Series ........................................................... 1
H3 .........................................................................193
H9, J3, J5, J6, J7, J8 ............................................194 O
High Pressure Protection Control ...........................69 Oil Recovery Operation ......................................... 77
Humidity Sensor System Malfunction ..................177 Open Phase or Power Supply
Voltage Imbalance ....................................... 209
I Operation Range ................................................. 119
I-Demand Function ...............................................108 Outdoor Safety Devices ...................................... 157
Indoor Fan Operates, Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control ........................... 81
but Compressor does not ..............................127 Outdoor Unit Identification Function ...................... 37
Indoor Safety Devices ..........................................158
Indoor Unit Fan Control ..........................................59 P
Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ..................................162 P1 ........................................................................ 209
Inverter Cooling Fin Temperature Control ..............74 P4 ........................................................................ 210
Inverter Current Protection Control ........................72 PJ ........................................................................ 211
PMV Control .......................................................... 50
J Preheating Operation Control ............................... 51
J1 .........................................................................195 Pressure Difference Control .................................. 75
Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by
L Remote Controller ........................................ 144
L1 .........................................................................197 Protection Control by Overall Current ................... 73
L4 .........................................................................199 Pump Down Operation .......................................... 46
L5 .........................................................................201
L8 .........................................................................203 Q
L9 .........................................................................205 Quiet (Low Noise) Operation ............................... 106
LC .........................................................................207 Quiet (Low Noise) Operation by
Low Pressure Protection Control ...........................67 Automatic Control ......................................... 106
M R
MAIN/SUB Setting when Using Radiation Fin Temperature Increased ................. 199
Two Remote Controllers .................................94 Refrigerant Cylinders .......................................... 290
Maintenance Mode Setting ....................................27 Refrigerant R-410A ............................................. 288
Malfunction of Drain Water Level System ............160 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88" ................. 141
Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve ..........188 Remote Controller Service Mode .......................... 30
Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ................185 Restart Standby .................................................... 39
Malfunction of Pressure Sensor ...........................195
Malfunction of Radiator Fin S
Temperature Thermistor ...............................210 Safety Cautions .......................................................vi
Malfunction of Thermistor System ........................194 Service Tools ...................................................... 291
Malfunction of Transmission between Setting for Low Humidity Application ................... 110
Indoor and Outdoor Unit ...............................216 Setting the Centralized Group No. ........................ 95
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Setting the Wireless Remote Controller ................ 85
Outdoor Unit / Piping and Wiring Mismatch / Simulated Operation Function ............................... 38
Gas Shortage ................................................219 Specifications
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor RZQ71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7
Unit and Remote Controller ..........................220 (Single phase) .................................... 10
Malfunction of Transmission between MAIN Remote RZQS71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7
Controller and SUB Remote Controller .........221 (Single phase) .................................... 14
Malfunction of Transmission System Stall Prevention (Time Lag) ................................. 205
(between Control and Inverter PC Board) .....207 Starting Control ..................................................... 64
Malfunctioning Capacity Setting ...........................169 Starting Frequency Control ................................... 63
Malfunctioning Drain System ...............................167 Suction Pipe Superheat Protection Control
Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch .....................222 (Heating Mode) .............................................. 71
Malfunctioning HPS System .................................193 Swing Flap does not Operate .............................. 142
Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock .................. 164
Temperature .................................................191
ii Index
SiBE28-804
T
Test Run Checks ....................................................84
Test Run Control ....................................................44
The INSPECTION / TEST Button ..........................26
Thermistor Abnormality ........................................173
Thermostat Control ................................................53
Troubleshooting Based on
Equipment Condition .....................................124
Troubleshooting by LED Indications ....................152
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Display / LED Display ...................................154
U
U0 .........................................................................212
U2 .........................................................................214
U4 or UF ...............................................................216
U5 .........................................................................220
U8 .........................................................................221
UA ........................................................................222
UC ........................................................................224
UF ........................................................................219
Using Conditions for Remote
Controller Thermostat .....................................41
W
Wired Remote Controller ........................................20
Wireless Remote Controller ...................................24
Index iii
SiBE28-804
iv Index
SiBE28-804
Drawings & Flow Charts

A Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ................................. 162
Abnormal High Pressure Inspection/Test Button ........................................ 144
(Detected by the HPS) ..................................179 Installation and Service Space
Abnormal Power Supply Voltage ................ 166, 214 Multiple Rows ............................................... 245
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor Non Stacked ................................................. 244
Single phase C Series ...................................181 Stacked ......................................................... 245
After Unit Shuts Down,
It cannot be Restarted for a While ................131 L
Locating the thermistors
C RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
Centralized Address Setting Error ........................224 (Single phase) .................................... 33
Compressor Motor Lock .......................................183 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B
Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but (Single phase) .................................... 33
Stops Immediately ........................................129
M
D Malfunction of Drain Water Level System ........... 160
DC Output Overcurrent (Instantaneous) ..............201 Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve ......... 188
Dimensions Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ............... 185
RZQ100~140C, RZQS125·140C7V1B ..........243 Malfunction of Pressure Sensor .......................... 195
RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B ....................242 Malfunction of Radiator Fin
Temperature Thermistor .............................. 210
E Malfunction of Thermistor System ....................... 194
Electronic Thermal (Time Lag) .............................203 Malfunction of Transmission between
Equipment Discharges Dust ................................140 Indoor and Outdoor Unit .............................. 216
Equipment Discharges White Mist .......................137 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor
Equipment does not Operate ...............................125 and Outdoor Unit / Piping and Wiring Mismatch /
Equipment Operates but does not Gas Shortage ............................................... 219
Provide Cooling .............................................133 Malfunction of Transmission between
Equipment Operates but does not Indoor Unit and Remote Controller .............. 220
Provide Heating ............................................135 Malfunction of Transmission between MAIN Remote
Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes .......138 Controller and SUB Remote Controller ........ 221
External Appearance ...............................................6 Malfunction of Transmission System (between
Control and Inverter PC Board) ................... 207
F Malfunctioning Capacity Setting .......................... 169
Failure of Capacity Setting ...................................211 Malfunctioning Drain System .............................. 167
Failure of combination (between indoor unit Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch .................... 222
PC board and fan PC board) ........................175 Malfunctioning HPS System ................................ 193
Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board ........................178 Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe
Failure of transmission (between indoor unit Temperature ................................................ 191
PC board and fan PC board) ........................171 Malfunctioning Indoor PC Board ......................... 159
Faulty Outdoor PC Board .....................................197 Malfunctioning Remote Controller
Function Outline in Cooling Mode ..........................61 Air Thermistor .............................................. 176
Function Outline in Heating Mode ..........................62
O
G Open Phase or Power Supply
Gas Shortage (Malfunction) .................................212 Voltage Imbalance ....................................... 209
General Troubleshooting Flowchart .....................123 Operation of the Remote Controller’s
Inspection / Test Operation Button ................ 29
H Operation Range ................................................. 119
Humidity Sensor System Malfunction ..................177 Outdoor Malfunctions .......................................... 155
I P
Indoor Fan Operates, PCB Layout
but Compressor does not ..............................127 RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B ....... 265
Indoor Malfunctions ..............................................154 RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B ................... 264
Drawings & Flow Charts v

SiBE28-804
Piping Diagrams
Double Twin System ......................................252
Pair System ...................................................247
Pipe Connection Diameters ...........................253
Piping Symbol ................................................246
Triple System .................................................251
Twin System ..................................................249
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125
(50/50wt%) ....................................................288
R
Radiation Fin Temperature Increased ..................199
Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and
Contents ........................................................150
Remote Controller LCD Displays "88" ..................141
RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B
Removal of Compressor ................................285
Removal of Four Way Valve ..........................284
Removal of Outside Panels ...........................278
Removal of PC Board ....................................281
Removal of Pressure Sensor, Electronic
Expansion Valve, and Others ...........282
Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor .....279
Removal of Switch Box ..................................280
Removal of Thermistor ..................................283
Removal of Compressor ................................277
Removal of Four Way Valve ..........................276
Removal of Low Pressure Sensor, Electronic
Expansion Valve, and Others ...........274
Removal of Outside Panels and
Related Parts ....................................268
Removal of PC Board Assy ...........................271
Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor .....269
Removal of Switch Box ..................................270
Removal of Thermistor ..................................275
S
Stall Prevention (Time Lag) .................................205
Swing Flap does not Operate ..............................142
Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock ...................164
Switch Box Layout
RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B ........263
RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B ....................262
System Malfunctions ............................................156
T
Thermistor Abnormality ........................................173
Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A ............289
Troubleshooting by LED on Outdoor Unit
PC Board ......................................................153
Troubleshooting by LED on the Indoor Units .......152
W
Wiring Diagrams
RZQ100~140C7, RZQS125·140C7V1B ........261
RZQ71C7, RZQS71·100C7V1B ....................260
vi Drawings & Flow Charts

Warning Daikin Industries, Ltd.’s products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the
world. Daikin Industries, Ltd. does not have control over which products are exported to and used in a
particular country. Prior to purchase, please therefore confirm with your local authorised importer,
distributor and/or retailer whether this product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for
use, in the region where the product will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict
or modify the application of any local legislation.
Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorised parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
Read the User's Manual carefully before using this product. The User's Manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any enquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Cautions on product corrosion

1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
About ISO 9001 About ISO 14001

ISO 9001 is a plant certification system ISO 14001 is the standard defined by the
defined by the International Organization for International Organization for Standardization
Standardization (ISO) relating to quality (ISO) relating to environmental management
assurance. ISO 9001 certification covers systems. Our group has been acknowledged by an
quality assurance aspects related to the internationally accredited compliance organisation
“design, development, manufacture, as having an appropriate programme of
installation, and supplementary service” of environmental protection procedures and
products manufactured at the plant. activities to meet the requirements of ISO 14001.
JMI-0107 JQA-1452
Dealer
Head Office:
Umeda Center Bldg., 2-4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi,
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
Tokyo Office:
JR Shinagawa East Bldg., 2-18-1, Konan,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-0075 Japan
http://www.daikin.com/global_ac/
c All rights reserved
Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of May 2008 but subject to change without notice.
Printed in Japan 05/2008 AK

Edmt281930 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Edmt281930 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Edmt281930 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SiBE28 - 804

SkyAir Heat Pump R-410A

SkyAir Inverter GQI III Series ........................................................ 1

Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 3

Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 9

Part 3 Remote Controller ............................................................ 19

Part 4 Functional Description..................................................... 31

1.10 4-way Valve Control ...............................................................................45

Part 5 Test Operation ................................................................. 83

2.7 The Field Setting Levels.........................................................................96

Part 6 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 121

Table of Contents iii

5.14 “C4”, “C9” Thermistor Abnormality ..........................................................173

Part 7 Appendix......................................................................... 241

3.4 Triple System .......................................................................................251

Part 8 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 267

Part 9 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 287

Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

1.1.4 Using Icons

1.1.5 Using Icons List

Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.

Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

After Sales Service Division

FCQH — — — 71C7 100C7 125C7 140C7

FCQ 35C7 50C7 60C7 71C7 100C7 125C7 140C7

FFQ 35B 50B 60B — — — —

FBQ 35B 50B 60B 71B 100B 125B —

FUQ — — — 71BU 100BU 125BU —

FAQ — — — 71BU 100BU — —

FVQ — — — 71B 100B 125B —

RZQ-C — — — 71C7 100C7 125C7 140C7

Notes: Explanation of connection (P~4)

1.2 Combination Matrix

FCQ(H) FFQ FBQ

FDQ FHQ FUQ

Wireless Type Wired Type

3. Model Name and Power Supply

Specification RZQ71C7V1B RZQ100C7V1B RZQ125C7V1B RZQ140C7V1B

1.1.2 Electrical Specifications

1.1.3 Electrical Data

Unit combination Power supply Compressor OFM IFM

1.2 RZQS71C7, 100C7, 125C7 and 140C7 (Single phase)

Specification RZQS71C7V1B RZQS100C7V1B RZQS125C7V1B RZQS140C7V1B

1.2.2 Electrical Specifications

1.2.3 Electrical Data

Unit combination Power supply Compressor OFM IFM

1. Wired Remote Controller

12.MAXIMUM SET TEMPERATURE

2. Wireless Remote Controller

DISPLAY “ ” (SIGNAL TIMER RESERVE/CANCEL BUTTON

3. Method of Operating Remote Controller

Depress Inspection/Test Operation button